Home

Canon PIXMA MG5620 User's Manual

1. Print Quality Standard _ Grayscale Printing 2 POF Hide Details Cancel Pim 6 Select the media type For Media Type select the same paper type loaded in the printer 304 Printer Canon MGS600 series gt Presets Default Settings Copies _ Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation i t gt Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette gt lt a 4 Loft Pot Pp Print Quality Standard _ Grayscale Printing 2 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 7 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High Standard or Draft according to your purpose Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings 2 Copies E Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation i t Quality amp Media g Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette Loft gt gt gt Print Quality Standard d _ Grayscale Printing 7 POF Hide Details Cancel 3 Important e The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile 8 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the document will be printed in accordance with the type and size of the media 305 Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies
2. 537 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 2 0 538 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 24 539 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 6 TEETE TEPE cine 540 The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN n n nananana nannan 541 Other Problems with NetWork sses ccriscssreeiss eee eee Rd ee dee eed eee S 543 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key 000000 cece eeeeas 544 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup 55 546 The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten 200 eeu 547 Checking Information about the Network 2 0602 eee eee eee 548 How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default 550 Problema Wi PIMI ccc cede te pe doe ee Ge eRe here pen ERER EROE hunt eae aes 551 Priming Does Not I a cae kta aaah ch a ch a each sha ote Calabasas tcalab ae hen 552 Paper Jams TEPEE TREE EEEE SEEE ETEETT TREE EEEE ped SRR EMERGE A 554 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs 2000000 cece eens 555 Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing 0 645 0642 eee eee 557 Copying Printing Stops Before It Is Completed ac cca ceaw nc nada Svar daaareaviod adiddas 558 Problems with Printing CUA 6 inn ccu seek 2e ett teehee eek ee ee KTS EdOe ES 559 Prn
3. 7 ainaani Oe eee Instructions Defaults 3 Note e You can add e mail clients to use for attachments from the pop up menu If None Attach Manually is selected manually attach scanned and saved images to e mail 5 Click OK 6 0 6 Settings Photo Scan lela i EAE Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings za Document Scan Save Settings File Name IMG ly Save in D Pictures hi Custom Scan Data Format JPEG Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard EG E Scan and Sitch C Save to a subfolder with current date So a _ Check scan results Application Settings _ Open with an application My Image Garden _ Send to an application 43 Preview Send to a folder None Attach to e mail C None Attach Manually s C Do not start any application More Functions J n Ly T The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 3J Note Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog 430 Settings Auto Scan Dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Driver Dialog 6 Click Photo e800 Canon J Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series g a E 4 Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Oriver Instructions Settings Scanning starts When scanning is completed the specified e mail client sta
4. Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory ee Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning D Note e When performing borderless printing duplex printing or too much printing the inside may become stained with ink 572 Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout Is the size of the loaded paper correct The vertical lines may be printed in the margin if the size of the loaded paper is larger than that you have specified Set the paper size correctly according to the paper you loaded Print Results Not Satisfactory DJ Note e The direction of the vertical line pattern may vary depending on the image data or the print setting e This machine performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean A small amount of ink is ejected for cleaning Although ink is usually ejected on the ink absorber it may be ejected on the paper if you load paper larger than that you have specified 573 Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Colors Are Uneven POOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOMOOOOOOOOON Colors Are Streaked OA Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory OVA Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to dete
5. Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Setting the print quality level Move the Quality slider to select the print quality level 4 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the image data is printed with the selected print quality level 339 Important e Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 328 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows 1 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog 2 Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing check box Printer Canon MG5600 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to Paper Size US Letter Orientation Te T Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper o Paper Source Cassette im s lofi gt gt gt Print Quality Standard 1 8 50 by 11 00 inches Grayscale Printing POF Hide Details 3 Complete the setup Click Print Cancel int When you execute print the document is converted to grayscale data It allows you to print the color document in monochrome 3 Note During Grayscale Printing inks other than black ink may be used as well 329 Specifying
6. Print Dialog gt Quality amp Media gt Color Options Borderless Printing Margin gt Canon IJ Printer Utility Opening the Canon lJ Printer Utility Maintenance of this Printer Display the Printing Status Screen Deleting the Undesired Print Job gt Instructions for Use Printer Driver 346 Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon lJ printer driver called printer driver below is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand and sends the converted data to the printer Because different models support different print data formats you need a printer driver for the specific model you are using Using Help of the Printer Driver You can display Help function from the Print Dialog Select a setup item from the pop up menu in the Print dialog Then click at the bottom left of the screen to display an explanation of the item Help for the printer driver is displayed when the following pop up menu item is selected Quality amp Media Color Options Borderless Printing Margin 347 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software you are using Opening the Page Setup Dialog Use this procedure to set the page paper settings before printing 1 Select P
7. Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Make sure that the network settings in the machine are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the machine settings How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices Ge Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the machine within 164 ft 50 m from the access point GL Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct Make sure that the computer can communicate with the access point over the wireless LAN Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to
8. GLE Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center When using paper with one printable surface make sure that the paper is loaded with the printable side facing down Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality Load paper with the printable side facing down Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detail
9. Notebook paper 1 Notebook paper 2 Notebook paper 3 Graph paper 1 Graph paper 2 Handwriting paper Press the Black button for printing the following forms Checklist Staff paper 1 Staff paper 2 Weekly schedule Monthly schedule 374 Printing with Web Service D Important e This function may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase Notice for Web Service Printing Downloading and Printing Template Forms 375 Notice for Web Service Printing When Using Web Service e Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided the availability of site access or permission to download the materials e Canon may at any time update change or delete the information provided through the web service or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions e In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web services All or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in e Depending on your network environment some functions on web service are not available Even if they are available it may take a while to print or display the contents or communication may be interrupted while operation is in progress Copyrights and Rights of Publicity When printing downloaded template forms 1
10. Scanner driver can be downloaded for free however Internet connection fees apply Related Topic Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Before Installing the Scanner Driver 502 Useful Information on Scanning Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Resolution gt Data Formats 503 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Cropping is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it In the Image Stitch window you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in the Preview area Note e Refer to Help of Image Capture for how to adjust the cropping frames selection boxes in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen Initial Cropping Frame No cropping frame is specified When you select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox an active cropping frame is automatically specified around the image in the Preview area You can drag the cropping frame to specify the area When you perform a scan the image in the area specified with the cropping frame will be scanned Adjusting a Cropping Frame The cursor will change into N Arrow when it is positioned over a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to expand or contract the cropping frame The cursor will change into Hand when it is positioned within a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to move the entire cropping fram
11. The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears You can scan from the operation panel Note If the Bonjour service name of your scanner or printer does not appear or cannot be selected check the following click OK to close the screen then reopen it and try selecting again The scanner driver is installed e Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the scanner driver e Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear refer to Problems with Network Communication for your model from Home of the Online Manual 521 Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan Utility IJ Scan Utility allows you to specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel Note e The screens for scanning with Auto Scan from the operation panel are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings e800 Canon I Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series nal za E ga Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions senings The Settings dialog appears A 3 Select a scan mode on the M Scanning from the Operation Panel tab eooo Settings Save to PC Auto gt jal if Scan Options Paper Size Auto Resolution Auto Image Processing Settings Save Settings m E Attach to E mail Photo File Name IMG id S
12. You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper Be sure to use a new piece of paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Clean the inside of the machine 1 Select Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Select EJ Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 3 Select Bottom plate cleaning then press the OK button E LE les Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleanina Bottom plate cleaning The confirmation screen will appear 4 Select Yes then press the OK button 5 Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette then press the OK button 6 Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in half widthwise then unfold the paper 7 Fold one side of the opened paper in another half aligning the edge with the center crease unfold the paper then press the OK button 208 8 Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and the edge of the half with no crease facing away from you 9 Open the paper output tray gently then press the OK button The paper cleans the inside of the machine as it feeds through the machine Check the folded parts of the ejected paper If they are smudged with ink perform Bottom Plate Cleaning again 10 When the completion me
13. 3 Enter the printer owner s e mail address and select Next 112 J Important e An e mail is sent with the required information for completing the registration to the e mail address entered for the printer s owner e If domain specific reception is set change the setting so that mail can be received from info mp c ij com Note The e mail address of the printer owner cannot be changed once the printer owner is registered To change the e mail address delete the registration of the registered printer and re register the printer owner by using the new e mail address In this case all previously registered information will be deleted e The notification is sent automatically to the registered e mail address when the printing or service maintenance starts 4 In the Printer Owner Registration window enter the information shown below and click Next User Name Enter any name The name that you enter is displayed at login Important The maximum number of characters that can be entered is 30 Language Select the language that you are using The language that you select is used in notification e mails such as print start notices Time Zone Refer to this section and select the standard time of the city that is nearest to the region where you live Date Time Display Format Select the format of your choice The format that you select is applied to the date time information in the screens and notification
14. 395 Two Sided Copying When you select 2 sided for 2 sidedPrintSetting in Standard copy you can copy two original pages onto the both sides of a single sheet of paper Type Plain paper Print qlity Standard Lavout SS a 2 sidedPrintSetting _ 2 sided 7 OK End setup Advanced Press the right Function button to select the orientation and the stapling side When you select Portrait for Orientation and Long side stapling for Stapling side of print paper After selecting the stapling side and press the OK button you can select whether you use the preview screen If you select ON the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation Note If Device memory is full Cannot continue process appears on the LCD when scanning set the print quality to Standard then try copying again If the problem is not resolved set the print quality to Draft and try copying again e Two sided copy setting can be used in combination with 2 on 1 copy or 4 on 1 copy Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page e If you are copying in black amp white print intensity of the Two sided copy may differ from that of a single sided copy 396 When checking the orientation When you are using the preview screen the screen below is displayed before copying starts so that you can check the orientation Check orientation OK Scan R
15. 3J Note e Refer to Image Stitch Window for details on the Image Stitch window e You can make advanced scan settings in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog displayed by clicking Settings 422 Scanning Multiple Items at One Time You can scan two or more photos small items placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually Important The following types of items may not be scanned correctly In that case adjust the cropping frames selection boxes scan areas in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan again e Photos that have a whitish background e Items printed on white paper hand written documents business cards etc e Thin items e Thick items Using Auto Scan Whether there are multiple items or not is detected automatically Click Auto and scan Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Not Using Auto Scan In the Settings dialog set Paper Size to Auto scan and scan J Note e The screens for scanning with favorite settings are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Place the items on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings BOO Canon i Sean Utility2 Product Name Canon series c Ls a oo Auto j Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver The Settings dialog appears 4 Click Custom Scan 4
16. Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions Settings Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use If the displayed product is not the one you want to use select the desired product from the list In addition for network connection select one with Network after the product name Note e Refer to Network Scan Settings for how to set up a network environment Auto Detects the item type automatically and saves them to a computer The data format for saving will also be set automatically Save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Auto Scan dialog Document Scans items as documents and saves them to a computer Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Document Scan dialog Photo Scans items as photos and saves them to a computer Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Photo Scan dialog Custom Scans items with your favorite settings and saves the images to a computer The item type can be automatically detected Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Custom Scan dialog Stitch Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image Scan save settings and the response
17. Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden Send to an application a5 Preview _ Send to a folder None _ Attach to e mail None Attach Manually Start OCR Output to Text _ Oo not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults o _ 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 3 Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned e Scanning documents Document e Scanning magazines Magazine Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item 444 Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK Width inches 1 00 8 50 Height 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 Unit inches Cancel Defaults Note e Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution D gt Note e Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings Ima
18. Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 694 6944 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 695 6945 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 696 6946 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 697 B202 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center 698 B203 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the
19. S The first item is scanned and appears in 1 2 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 8 Place the item that is to be displayed on the right side of the screen face down on the platen 420 9 Click Start Scanning Image 2 xas BQ 8 a a Select output size e Scan Direction Sean from Left Scan Image 1 The second item is scanned and appears in 2 2 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 10 Adjust the scanned images as required Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in out or drag the images to adjust their positions _ Select output size e Scan Direction j Scan from Left Scan Image 1 sansa 9 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 a Ae e CIC Adjust cropping frames Q sm 2 Note e Select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox to specify the area to be saved 421 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window To scan an item again select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the screen then click x Delete The selected image is deleted allowing you to scan the item again 11 Click Save eoo Image Stitch xaea a Bl oOo m maoe er G select Output size A3 A4 x 2 e Scan Direction Scan from Left sj Scan Image 1 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 1 Start Scanning Image 2 e CIC Adjust cropping frames Cancel The combined image is saved
20. UTC 02 00 Athens Bucharest Istanbul Amman Windhoek Jerusalem Cairo Harare Pretoria Beirut Helsinki Kyiv Riga Sofia Tallinn Vilnius Minsk UTC 03 00 Kuwait Riyadh Tbilisi Nairobi Baghdad Moscow St Petersburg Volgograd Tehran UTC 04 00 Abu Dhabi Muscat Yerevan Baku Port Louis Kabul Islamabad Karachi Ekaterinburg Tashkent Sri Jayawardenepura Chennai Kolkata Mumbai New Delhi Kathmandu UTC 06 00 Astana Dhaka Almaty Novosibirsk Yangon Rangoon UTC 07 00 Krasnoyarsk Bangkok Hanoi Jakarta UTC 05 00 UTC 08 00 Irkutsk Ulaan Bataar Kuala Lumpur Singapore Perth Taipei Beijing Chongqing Hong Kong Urumqi UTC 09 00 Seoul Yakutsk Osaka Sapporo Tokyo Adelaide Darwin UTC 10 00 Vladivostok Canberra Melbourne Sydney Guam Port Moresby Brisbane Hobart UTC 11 00 Magadan Solomon Is New Caledonia UTC 12 00 Auckland Wellington Fiji Marshall Is Petropavlovsk Kamchatsky UTC 13 00 Samoa Nuku alofa 115 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions Use PIXMA Printing Solutions to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly You can also receive scanned data PDF or JPEG directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a computer PIXMA Printing Solutions can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play 116 Printing with Windows RT When you use Windows RT printing is easy beca
21. 1 Confirm the message then load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass Load the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark 4 on the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment mark u 193 2 Close the document cover gently then press the OK button The machine starts scanning the print head alignment sheet and the print head position will be adjusted automatically I Important Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass until adjusting the print head position is complete e If the error message appears on the LCD press the OK button to release the error then take appropriate action A Message Is Displayed 3 When the completion message appears press the OK button Remove the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass Note e If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above adjust the print head position manually from the computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer e To print and check the current head position adjustment values select Print the head alignment value on the Maintenance screen 194 Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Position
22. 21 Notes on Operation Explanations In this guide most of the operations are described based on the windows displayed when OS X Mavericks v10 9 is used 22 Useful Functions Available on the Machine gt Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden Download a Variety of Content Materials gt Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application Connection Methods Available on the Machine Notice for Web Service Printing gt Use PIXMA Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print gt Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device Checking Printer Information Online Storage Integration Function How to Use Print from E mail Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions gt Printing with Windows RT 23 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode The machine supports access point mode in which you can connect to the machine wirelessly from a computer or smartphone even in an environment without an access point or wireless LAN router Switch to access point mode with simple steps to enjoy scanning and printing wirelessly When you use the machine with the access point mode be sure to specify the access point name of the machine and the security setting in advance Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode 24 Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden Organize Images Easily In My Image Garden you
23. CD and Operation Panel 3 Select B Two sided printing setting then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to change the setting item use the 4 button to change the setting then use the OK button to confirm the selection Two sided printing setting Copy 4 OFF 1 Template print OFF 2 OK End setup 1 Copy Sets two sided copying as a default 2 Template print Sets two sided printing of template forms on the machine as a default Note fco e When duplex printing is selected the icon is displayed on each menu of the HOME screen or on the setting items for duplex printing on each print setting screen Using Power Saving Function Follow the procedure below to use power saving function 236 Make sure that the machine is turned on ECO Select ECO settings on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel Select BWM Energy saving settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button to change the setting item use the A button to change the setting then use the OK button to confirm the selection Energy saving settings Auto power off 240 min Auto power on OFF 2 OK End setup 1 Auto power off Specifies the length of time to turn the machine off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent to the machine DJ Note e The Auto power off setting is invalid when using the machine via a network and the network connection is enabled You
24. Canon IJ Printer Utility The Canon IJ Printer Utility allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer What You Can Do with the Canon IJ Printer Utility 8 0 0 __Canon MG5600 series Cleaning Cleaning Eliminates unwanted smudges and lines in the print result Deep Cleaning x Unclogs nozzles that cannot be cleared by regular cleaning You can switch between pages in Canon IJ Printer Utility by the pop up menu You can choose one of the following items from the pop up menu Cleaning Clean the printer to clear up clogged print head nozzle Test Print Execute a test print to check the condition of the print head nozzle and to adjust the print head position Power Settings Operate the power of this printer from the printer driver Ink Level Information Check the remaining ink levels Quiet Settings You can reduce the operating noise of the printer Custom Settings Change the settings of this printer Note To operate the Canon lJ Printer Utility you must first turn on the printer e Depending on the items selected the computer communicates with the printer to obtain information If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer an error message may be displayed If this happens click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer Related Topics Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check
25. button to select Access point mode active then press the OK button The access point name SSID that set currently is displayed When using the machine for the first time the default setting is displayed When detecting the machine from the external device such as a computer or a smartphone you can detect with the access point name SSID 239 DJ Note e Pressing the right Function button displays the security setting The password required when connecting from the external device is also displayed e You can specify the access point name SSID and the security setting optionally Setting of the Access Point Mode 7 Press the left Function button The access point mode is enabled and the machine can be used as an access point Printing Scanning with the Access Point Mode Print Scan with the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Connect an external device such as a computer or a smartphone to the machine via wireless LAN Perform wireless LAN settings with your external device then assign the access point name specified for the machine as a destination DJ Note e For details on how to perform wireless LAN settings with an external device refer to the device s instruction manual When a WPA2 PSK AES password is valid on the machine entering the password is required to connect an external device to the machine via wireless LAN Enter the password specified for the machine 2 Start printin
26. 4 Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN J Important e If all encryption types of the access point printer or computer do not match the printer cannot communicate with the computer If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Do Not Use Select to disable encryption Use Password WEP Transmission is encrypted using a WEP key you specified If a network password WEP has not been set the WEP Details screen is displayed automatically To change WEP settings set before click Configuration to display the screen Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Use WPA WPA2 Transmission is encrypted using a network key you specified 260 The security has been strengthened more than WEP If a network key has not been set the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed automatically To change network key settings before click Configuration to display the WPA WPA2 Details screen Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 5 Configuration The detailed settings screen is displayed The network password WEP or the WPA WPA2 key selected in Encryption M
27. Documents containing text with font size outside the range of 8 points to 40 points at 300 dpi Slanted documents Documents placed upside down or documents with text in the wrong orientation rotated characters Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text Documents with narrow line spacing Documents with colors in the background of text Documents containing multiple languages 434 IJ Scan Utility Screens gt IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Settings Dialog e eee oeeoeeeee Settings Auto Scan Dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Settings Driver Dialog Settings Save to PC Auto Dialog Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Settings Save to PC Document Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog Settings General Settings Dialog gt Network Selection Screen Save Settings Dialog Image Stitch Window 435 IJ Scan Utility Main Screen From the Go menu of Finder select Applications then double click the Canon Utilities folder IJ Scan Utility folder and then Canon IJ Scan Utility2 icon to start IJ Scan Utility You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon 89090 Canon I Scan Utility2 m Product Name Canon series i a m si el Ss
28. For details on how to check the settings refer to the manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer As for a device already connected to the printer without using an access point reconnect it via an access point The configuration router functions setup procedures and security settings of the network device vary depending on your system environment For details refer to the manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Check if your device supports IEEE802 11n 2 4 GHz IEEE802 11g or IEEE802 11b If your device is set to the IEEE802 11n only mode WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security protocol Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or change the setting to something other than IEEE802 11n only The connection between your device and the access point will be temporarily disabled while changing the setting Do not operate the screen of this guide until the setup is complete For office use consult your network administrator Take added care when connecting to a network that is not protected with security measures as there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Connection without Using an Access Point D Important If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode the connection between the device and access point will be disabled In that case t
29. How to Set an Encryption Key For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the machine to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool e When using WEP The key length key format the key to use one of 1 to 4 and the authentication method must match among the access point the machine and the computer In order to communicate with an access point that uses automatically generated WEP keys you must configure the machine to use the key generated by the access point by entering it in hexadecimal format Normally select Auto for the authentication method Otherwise select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point When the WEP Details screen appears after clicking Set on the Access Points screen follow the on screen instructions and set the key length the key format the key number and the authentication to enter a WEP key For details see Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Note When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN confirm the settings in Wireless Security of AirPort Utility e Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for the key length in the AirPort Base Station e Select 1 for
30. Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images It may be unlawful to make copies of scan print or use reproductions of the following documents The list provided is non exhaustive When in doubt check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction e Paper money Money orders Certificates of deposit Postage stamps canceled or uncanceled Identifying badges or insignias Selective service or draft papers Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title Traveler s checks Food stamps Passports Immigration papers Internal revenue stamps canceled or uncanceled Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Stock certificates Copyrighted works works of art without permission of copyright owner e e e e e e e e e 294 Specifications General Specifications Printing resolution dpi Interface Operating environment Storage environment Power supply Power consumption External dimensions 4800 horizontal x 1200 vertical Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1 4800 inch at minimum USB Port Hi Speed USB 1 LAN Port Wireless LAN IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b 2 1 A computer that complies with Hi Speed USB standard is required Since the Hi Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1 1 it can be used at USB 1 1 2 Setup possible through Standard setup WPS Wi Fi Protec
31. Print in advance Getting Google Account If you already have Google account register the printer Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Getting Google Account First get your Google account in order to register the printer with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device then register the required information Google Jne account All of Google A vZ Stay signed in Need help The screen above may change without prior notice Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Register the printer with Google Cloud Print The authentication procedure using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device is required in the process of registering Because the authentication URL is printed from printer when the authentication process is performed prepare A4 or Letter sized plain paper gt Important e LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply If the printer s owner changes delete the printer from Google Cloud Print 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 95 2 From the Home screen select Setup 3 Select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt Google Cloud Print setup gt Register with Google Cloud Print Note e If you have already registered the printer with Google Clo
32. Time zone Urerus wuy sevul UTC 09 00 Tokyo UTC 09 30 Adelaide UTC 09 30 Darwin UTC 10 00 Brisbane 8 When a message appears notifying that the app is now available select Open list Apps are ready for use Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center from Setup to access from computers etc Open list 43 The registration of printer information is completed and a list of apps is displayed See here for the description of the apps list screen After you complete the registration you can print photos and documents that have been uploaded to apps on the linked cloud service and add delete sort apps Using PIXMA Cloud Link 44 Application Management This section explains how to add delete and sort apps Add apps You can add your favorite apps to the printer Follow the steps described below to add apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete MAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums r CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Add delete Manage 3 Select Register apps Register apps Delete apps Sort 4 From the list select the category of the app Register apps All Latest Photography Productivity 5 From the displayed apps list select the app that you want to register 45 Register apps Creative Park paper craft CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM Christmas card DJ Note e Description of displayed ico
33. Useful Information about Ink 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Open the front cover Y 3 Open the operation panel A then open the paper output tray B 170 Open the operation panel A until it stops The print head holder moves to the replacement position Caution Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly Do not touch the print head holder until it stops completely 3 Important e When opening or closing the operation panel do not touch the buttons and LCD on the operation panel Doing so may result in an unexpected operation e Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the machine e If the operation panel is left open for more than 10 minutes the print head holder moves to the right In this case close and reopen the operation panel 4 Remove the ink tank with the lamp flashing fast Push the tab C and lift the ink tank to remove C 3 Important Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks e Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area e Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables Note Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one when replacing two or more ink tanks e For details on ink lamp flashing speed see Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 171 5
34. and documents PDF Important e The save format may differ depending on how you place the item Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files 441 PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note 1 PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images Y
35. gt Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Overview of the Printer Driver Updating the Printer Driver 302 Printing with Easy Setup The simple setup procedure for carrying out appropriate printing on this printer is as follows 1 Check that the printer is turned on 2 Load paper on the printer 3 Select the printer Select your model from the Printer list in the Print Dialog Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies i 5 Two Sided Pages All 4 4 Loft gt gt gt 2 POF Show Details Cancel F Print Note e Click Show Details the disclosure triangle to switch the Setup window to the detailed display 4 Select the paper size For Paper Size select the paper size to be used If necessary set the number of copies the pages to be printed and the orientation 303 Printer Canon MGS600 series gt Presets Default Settings gt Print header and footer M Rewrap contents to fit page me lt i01 gt gt 2 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 5 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu Printer Canon MG5600 series gt Presets Default Settings gt Copies 1 O Two Sided Pages OAI SOR From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette
36. me aa Document Scan Color Made Color Paper Size Auto scan gt _ Photo Scan Resolution 300 dpi omens am si seed Save Settings ui ren and Sikk File Name IMG if a BAe Save in i Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard _ Save to a subfolder with current date Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden J Send to an application 45 Preview Send tn a fnider None The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog 7 Click Custom e000 Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series a S Auto Document Driver Instructions Settings Multiple items are scanned at one time gt Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog displayed by clicking Settings In each Settings dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 425 Saving after Checking Scan Results You can check the scan results then save the images to a computer 33 Important e You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using Auto scan or the o
37. x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers series Copy apps Add printer Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer Note Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address 73 Manage users screen y Manage users Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears e Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 2 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can change the printer name 3 Right context menu When you select the context menu appears The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the m
38. 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format 480 J Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox
39. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof You may choose to offer and charge a fee for acceptance of support warranty indemnity or other liability obligations and or rights consistent with this License However in accepting such obligations You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility not on behalf of any other Contributor and only if You agree to indemnify defend and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by or claims asserted against such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS Enter keywords in the search window and click a Search You can search for target pages in this guide Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window Canon gt Language Search Tips amp gt Site Map gt Read Me First Online Manual You can see manuals of your product and applications Product Manuals You can learn how to handle and operate your product J Note e The displayed screen may vary When searching from this page or the Home page without entering your product s model name or your application s name all products supported by this guide will be considered for the search If you want to narrow down the search results add your product s model name or your application s name to the keywords S
40. Borderless Printing Amount of Extension Ma POF Hide Details Amount of Extension 1 8 50 by 11 00 inches Cancel Use the Amount of Extension slider to adjust the amount of the document that extends off the paper Moving the slider to the right makes the amount larger and moving the slider to the left makes the amount smaller Related Topic Execute Borderless Printing 356 Margin This dialog allows you to set the stapling side and amount of margin for stapling multiple sheets of paper Printer Canon MG5600 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Te t Margin Margin 0 0 5 inches 0 1 2 ua A Stapling Side Long side stapling Left Long side stapling Right Short side stapling Top Short side stapling Bottom POF Hide Details Cancel Print Margin Specify the amount of margin space for stapling the paper Enter a value between 0 inches 0 mm to 1 2 inches 30 mm Stapling Side Specify the stapling side Long side stapling Left Long side stapling Right Select this option to staple the long side of the paper Choose left or right Short side stapling Top Short side stapling Bottom Select this option to staple the short side of the paper Choose top or bottom Related Topics Setting the Stapling Margin Duplex Printing 357
41. Caution Instructions that if ignored could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Important Instructions including important information To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product be sure to read these indications Note Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations WBasic Instructions explaining basic operations of your product D gt Note e Icons may vary depending on your product Trademarks and Licenses Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Mac Mac OS AirPort Safari Bonjour iPad iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U S and other countries and is used under license Google Cloud Print Google Chrome Android Google Play and Picasa are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc Adobe Photoshop Photoshop Elements Lightroom A
42. Cloud Link from Your Printer 00000 0c ee eeees 42 Application Management SS Goad bs atid dies 634 4 Gea oS hae ee oro paceeaag A9 sing PAMA CIW LINK oa wsg ey ad ae tf dew ee ee SESE OIE RAD AALS aM a 50 Cloud Windows TATP A RA A E ETE raed ee ee ee eee 53 Cloud TRUONG SG OUI ia eang dd dea a a a gs clink da a a aoda ad a ea aoka a aka 56 Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer anaa aaan aaae 57 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center a na aana aana aaa 58 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation a a saana aeaa aaa 59 Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center SERET TITOF Mpcaaagaas DI Printing Your Printer registration ID 4ccasehedesiusesreader decd tiir ttar karea 69 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window E r SASA sex TO Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Cemen ixaccy caae0 ee eieae nd Qik ae eae dQONe gt soere ar 86 Adding a Printer EE rer OTE ER TE ARSEENI eee ee EUDE ETTER CAPE 90 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 eee 92 Printing with Google Cloud Print c60 55k20c 2a eb nb bese tended pad bbeewe ew setae 94 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print ia Poe bd RS MOR RH rion id LEGER 95 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 0 00 ce eee eee 98 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device 2 2 2
43. Copy standby screen Select the reduction enlargement method from Magnif Standard copy 1 IMagnif Same size gt Intensity U Page size A4 Type Plain paper OK End setup Advanced J Note Some of the reduction enlargement methods are not available depending on the copy menu e Fit to page The machine automatically reduces or enlarges the image to fit the page size gt 16 The setting in Magnif Fit to page D gt Note e When you select Fit to page the page size may not be detected correctly depending on the original In this case select the setting other than Fit to page Preset ratio You can select one of the preset ratios to reduce or enlarge copies Select the appropriate ratio for size of original and page size e The setting in Magnif 70 A4 gt A5 86 A4 gt B5 94 A4 gt LTR 115 B5 gt A4 141 A5 gt A4 156 5x7 gt LTR 183 4x6 gt LTR Note Some of the preset ratios are not available depending on the country or region of purchase e Ratio specified copy You can specify the copy ratio as a percentage to reduce or enlarge copies 394 If you select other than Fit to page and press the right Function button Magnification screen is displayed Use the 4 button to specify the magnification D gt Note 400 MAX maximum copy ratio and 25 MIN minimum copy ratio are selectable e If you make a copy at the same size as the original select Same size
44. Display area The display changes based on the menu you select 84 ama Mng peinter A Manage users User information instructions Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive Latest There are no new n OneDrive Notice list Copyright CANON INC 85 Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When the user registration is completed you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use the service 1 From your PC smartphone or tablet access the service login URL http cs c ij com 2 On the Login screen enter the E mail address and Password and then select Log in J Important e The e mail address and password are case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Important e If you fail to log in five straight times you will not be able to login again for an hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the last access e The service may not function properly if you log in from multiple devic
45. Displayed on the LCD 0 00000 eee eens 601 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing 0 0000eeeee 602 Problems with Installation Downloading cees2e 64 0545 04 4 hee hehe a 603 Cannot stalihe MP Ls Rabe er ma PE eS orca me ST ar 604 Uninstalling IJ Network TOOl secossa si00 Ves Noeede eb sedoe hs rd Pde eee SSE See eee ees 605 About Errors Messages Displayed s lt s6s0c500sess see reece esbeeewess 606 Tan EIOrOCCUS cigc asta Seu eee eee ed went ted Ce ee ee ETE eee 607 A Message le DBpIayod esru reinn eater eane Oh Sees oR S99 Shea 0 SHEE HSS Oo MesNeaaws 608 Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device EE Gate ae eae sae 611 it You Cannot Resolve the Problemi cos 3 c 0cadcoehesads C4006 9nadoes oxER ed 613 Suppor Code Lisl 22 ct as eadeeeeee sehen ieddns evi eeeertesseas ea 614 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 2 2 decedscccecbendeeteceee es 615 UY 2 ede etc A eas aaa ble aretha nde dt eae Gagiieh a 2 Aa a debe Neca 616 MY Ie 5 See ei ha te te se a Be Sec a te Ss Se TEE Ce hh he ihe Sh ee le See 618 1304 620 cia a aaa eee teehee ead aes Reed ae eee oe eed 620 Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine 000 00 cee tees 623 ONE C ASES ately detached ean Rhy hea ta Nk Khe caste ah Do abet iho dd pia Rak Acie eae ak hea 626 WG 0 creiked ceeds dba Hiaasen sos E E EE A EAE bes eeaeeteret EE 627 BE be eek os ha ae bbl one ok ee eee eee hoe e
46. Format PDF Multiple Pages POF Compression Standard V Create a POF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application e My Image Garden Send to_ananoiiration an Preview s Instructions Defaults tex DJ Note For Resolution only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings 4 Select Start OCR for Application Settings then select the application in which you want to display the result 432 e090 Settings Document Scan leja if Image Processing Settings al auto Scan Save Settings Save in DI Pictures a B Photo Scan Data Format JPEG Exif Custom Sean JPEG Image Quality Standard i C Save to a subfolder with current date i Scan and Sitch C Check sean results amp Over Application Settings Open with an application iS My Image Garden _ Send to an application 43 Preview _ Send to a folder None __ Attach to mail _ None Attach Manually J Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults e OK ___ _ 2 Note e If a compatible application is not installed the text in the image is extracted and appears in your text editor Text to be displayed is based on Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog Select the language you want to extract in Document Language and scan e Y
47. Garden enables you to edit the scanned images such as optimizing or trimming In addition you can edit or print the scanned images using the compatible application software to make better use of them Scanning Photos and Documents 514 Attaching the Scanned Data to E mail Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Before attaching scanned data to an e mail confirm the following The scanner driver is installed If the scanner driver is not yet installed install the scanner driver from our website The machine is connected to a computer correctly Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer correctly Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is in operation or when the computer is in the sleep or standby mode If you perform scanning via a network connection make sure that all the required settings have been specified Network Scan Settings e The mail software and the file name are specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility You can specify the destination and the file name in Canon IJ Scan Utility For details on settings of Canon lJ Scan Utility Settings Dialog 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Ei on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed re Forward scanned data to a PC OK Set Note e If the Scan standby screen for forwarding the data to the USB connected comp
48. If you registered a different e mail address by mistake you can cancel the registration by going to the printer s Home screen and selecting Setup or by pressing the Setup button on the operation panel gt Web service setup gt Connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup IJCloudPrintingCtr gt Delete from this service You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam filter If you have a setting to receive only the e mails from certain domains be sure to change the setting to allow receiving e mails from noreply mail cs c ij com There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e mail because of the spam filter setting or if you entered an incorrect e mail address Access the URL in the e mail register the information and complete the user registration 1 When an e mail with the subject Information on Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is sent to the e mail address that you entered select the URL 2 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center read the statements and select Agree if you agree 64 License agreement Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by
49. Important e You cannot use over the network if Bonjour is disabled Enable Bonjour on your scanner or printer e If you have changed the Bonjour service name after selecting your scanner or printer by Bonjour service name reopen the network selection screen and select the new Bonjour service name from Scanners Instructions Opens this guide Scan from Operation Panel Settings The Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen appears You can select up to three scanners and printers in total for scanning from the operation panel You can scan items using the operation panel of the selected scanner or printer and send the scanned images to your computer over a network Important e When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel that model does not appear in Scanners and the setting is not available Scan from Operation Panel Settings Screen Click Scan from Operation Panel Settings in the network selection screen to display the Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen Scanners The Bonjour service names of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are displayed You can select up to three scanners and printers in total at the same time Important e You cannot use over the network if Bonjour is disabled Enable Bonjour on your scanner or printer 484 e If you have changed the Bonjour service name after selecting your scanner or printer by Bonjour service name
50. Is the setting for automatic duplex printing selected Make sure that the Two Sided check box is selected on the Print dialog Duplex Printing MV Make sure that the actual size of the paper is suitable for automatic duplex printing The sizes of media suitable for automatic duplex printing are A4 and Letter Load paper of suitable size then press the OK button on the machine Make sure that the paper size setting is correct Make sure that the paper size setting matches the actual size of the paper with a size suitable for automatic duplex printing First check the paper size setting in the application software you are printing from Then check the Paper Size on the Page Setup dialog DJ Note e Duplex printing may not be available depending on the version of the application software Make sure that the media type setting is correct Make sure that the media type setting matches the actual size of the paper with a size suitable for automatic duplex printing Make sure that the type of loaded paper is suitable for automatic duplex printing on the Quality amp Media sheet on the Print dialog Note e Manual duplex printing is not available 557 Copying Printing Stops Before It ls Completed Is the paper loaded Make sure that paper is loaded If the machine has run out of paper load paper Do the printing documents have lots of photographs or illustrations As printing large data such as photos or graphics t
51. Manual setup If you select Manual setup follow the display on the LCD to perform settings e Proxy server setup Performs settings for a proxy server Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings 233 Cassette settings By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette you can prevent the machine from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings For details Paper Setting for Printing e Register cassette paper info Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette J Note e When you register the paper size and the media type the screen to select whether you apply the settings to those for copying is displayed Select Yes to apply the registered settings to copying For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Detect paper setting mismatch If you select Yes the machine detects whether the paper size and the media type are the same as those registered in Register cassette paper info If printing starts with the settings that do not match an error message is displayed on the LCD J Note e When No is selected Register cassette paper info or Detect casset
52. OCR is selected in Application Settings of the Settings Document Scan Settings Custom Scan or Settings Driver dialog e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear 487 Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format DJ Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in i
53. OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Apache License Version 2 0 January 2004 http www apache org licenses TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE REPRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION 16 1 Definitions License shall mean the terms and conditions for use reproduction and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document Licensor shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License Legal Entity shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control are controlled by or are under common control with that entity For the purposes of this definition control means i the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or ii ownership of fifty percent 50 or more of the outstanding shares or iii beneficial ownership of such entity You or Your shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License Source form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications including but not limited
54. Prepare a new ink tank 1 Take a new ink tank out of its package remove the orange tape completely then remove the protective film completely D gt Important e Handle an ink tank carefully Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to it e If the orange tape remains on the Y shape air hole D ink may splash or the machine may not print properly 2 Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap E pointing up while being careful not to block the Y shape air hole D E 3 Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap E to remove it off GENTLY 172 I Important e Do not push the sides of the ink tank If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y shape air hole D blocked ink may splash e Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap E or the open ink port F The ink may stain your hands if you touch them e Do not reattach the protective cap E once you have removed it Discard it according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables 6 Install the new ink tank 1 Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label 2 Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place Make sure that the ink lamp lights up 173 33 Important e You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position Be sure to install the ink t
55. Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 683 6930 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 684 6931 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 685 6932 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 686 6933 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 687 6936 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug t
56. Quality Standard _ Save to a subfolder with current date Mi Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application My image Garden C Send to an application 35 Preview Send tn a folder None SS Defaults The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Settings Driver Dialog 5 Click Photo e800 Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series OW Custom Ee es Instructions Settings Scanning starts When scanning is completed the Save Settings dialog appears Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 6 Change the image order or file save options as required You can change the image order or file save options in the Save Settings dialog 427 DJ Note The default save folder is the Pictures folder 7 Click OK Scanned images are saved according to the settings 428 Sending Scanned Images via E mail You can send scanned images via e mail Note e The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings e800 Canon Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series ea fT m
57. Select Stop in the display on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to stop printing Remove the jammed paper load new paper press the OK button on the machine and try printing again Printer cover open Close the operation panel on the machine Waste tank full Ink absorber full The ink absorber is nearly full 611 No ink Ink cassette error Ink Error Hardware Error Printer error 612 Check the Support Code on the LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt Support Code List The ink tank is not installed Install the ink tank Replacing an Ink Tank The ink tank is not compatible with this machine Printing cannot be executed because the ink tank is not compatible with this machine Install an appropriate ink tank If you want to cancel printing press the machine s Stop button gt Replacing an Ink Tank If the lamp on the ink tank is flashing ink may have run out Check the Support Code on the LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the error Support Code List An ink tank that was once empty is installed Check the Support Code on the LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt Support Code List The ink tank cannot be recognized The lamp on the ink tank is off Replace the ink tank Replacing an Ink Tank An error requiring servicing may have occurred Turn off the m
58. Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using an access point supporting a Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS PIN code method Follow the on screen instructions during setup Cableless setup Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the machine directly from a device such as a smartphone without operating the access point Follow the on screen instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure e Confirm LAN settings The list of wireless LAN settings or the access point mode of this machine is displayed on the LCD You can print the list from this setting menu o WLAN setting list The list of wireless LAN settings of this machine is displayed on the LCD The following setting items are displayed XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 225 Wireless LAN security Inactive WEP 64bit WEP 128bit WPA PSK TKIP WPA PSK AES WPA2 PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX IPv6 default gateway XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Enable ESP Enable ESP amp AH Enable AH Disable Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XX represents alphanumeric characters gt AP mode setting list The list of access point mode settings of this machine is displayed on the LCD The following setting items are displayed XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Password XXXXXXXXXX Wireless LAN security IPv4
59. Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format J Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name 471 Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows yo
60. THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN Allow 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen glass and the originals and between the originals Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned You can place up to 12 items A A4 A More than 0 4 inch 1 cm D Note e The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to approximately 10 degrees Slanted photos with a long edge of 7 1 inches 180 mm or more cannot be corrected Non rectangular or irregular shaped photos such as cut out photos may not be scanned properly 166 Originals You Can Load Types of originals Text document magazine or newspaper Printed photo postcard business card or disc BD DVD CD etc Size width x height Max 8 5 x 11 7 inches 216 x 297 mm D gt Note e When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen glass you can load it by removing the document cover from the machine How to Detach Attach the Document Cover 167 How to Detach Attach the Document Cover Detaching the document cover Hold up the document cover vertically and then tip it back z Attaching the document cover Fit both hinges A of the document cover into the holder B and insert both hinges of the document cover vertically as illustrated below gu D lt i 168 Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing
61. Thick Originals Sch as BOOKS iia c00s occas dee eed eed eae we KO ella 399 Copying Without II ae aS etc esa nS Se ee rte in eri er pee ede a ee Sr ce si edo Spe i rete 400 LOD VINO PO Sea cake teeta kn a hoeduih id aie eal ewan dd hiding gaa dhdvarda eae eA avain modded 401 Copying Two Pages to Fil onto a Single Page lt s 0 i4seeeedecedeeesedees dues 403 Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page 0 00 cee eee eee 406 SUMMING Sotacceeaus A EEEE AAA E EEE E E 409 Scanning from a Computer n se ssaa aeann nee 410 Scanning with 1 Scan CUNY cand nud baw ard Bede dsdi tdp Edeka RAE OEMS reir E E 411 What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software 0 0 eee 412 lari IP Cam UNITY iin t aah oihewatuhdinesu aaa ees areka 414 Easy Scanning with Auto SEANS 2 5 5345 o5 SAN 54 ao CRM a bos BORER DAA REAR OS ORS ORAS 415 Scanning Docume aac acc hha hah dae a kee harsh aaah hae eh aaebe dh Mae poke bed 416 Scanning PHOS 6 5 ones skew eed eae we CRSP EKER ENN RR DE ROA oe RRR REED 417 Scanning With Favorite SEUNG S si ctced enone aad aned cade s and ehetasaGaut ua webiens 418 Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch 0 0 0 0 c eee eee 419 Scanning Multiple Items at One Time 0 020 cette eee 423 Saving after Checking Stan Results i106 cce eee eRe Eee E ES 426 Sending scanned Images via EMail arees satuan iaa aa aa eave aie Gooner ravatsa re ee 429 Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR 226s c
62. all models o iPhone 3GS or later o iPod touch 3rd generation or later Network Environment The Apple device iPad iPhone or iPod touch and this printer must be connected to the same Wi Fi network or connected in AP mode gt Note If your iPad iPhone or iPod touch is running the latest version of iOS you do not need to download and install any drivers or additional software Printing with AirPrint 1 Check that this printer is turned on and the Apple device and this printer is connected to the LAN or connected in AP mode 2 From the app of your Apple device tap the operation icon to display the menu options 100 canon com gq m Canon oss otmttp stummen GEDANS 3 From the menu options tap Print ia canon com e D Ga 4 From Printer Options select the model that you are using gt Important Because some app does not support AirPrint Printer Options may not be displayed If an app does not let you use printer options you cannot print from that app Note The Printer Options differ depending on the app and model you are using 101 5 When printing a file type that has multiple pages such as a PDF file click Range and then click All Pages or select the range of pages to be printed 6 For 1 Copy click or to set the number of required copies 7 For Duplex Printing click On to enable duplex printing or click Off to disable the function 8 Tap the Pri
63. an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status 169 Replacing an Ink Tank When remaining ink cautions or errors occur the message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the error Take appropriate action according to the message A Message Is Displayed D Note If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels see Maintenance Procedure Replacing Procedure When you need to replace an ink tank follow the procedure below 3 Important If you remove an ink tank replace it immediately Do not leave the machine with the ink tank removed e Use a new ink tank for replacement Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog Furthermore with such an ink tank the machine will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink tank properly e Once an ink tank has been installed do not remove it from the machine and leave it out in the open This will cause the ink tank to dry out and the machine may not operate properly when it is reinstalled To maintain optimal printing quality use an ink tank within six months of first use DJ Note Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black and white document or when black and white printing is specified Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the machine When an ink tank is out of ink replace it immediately with a new one
64. be very hot and could cause burns Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head ink tanks and FINE Cartridges e e e e 120 Regulatory and Safety Information For models containing lithium battery e Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations e Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type Users in the U S A FCC Notice U S A Only For 120V 60Hz model Model Number K10412 Contains FCC ID AZDK30357 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turnin
65. before printing Quality amp Media This dialog allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the paper type Unless special printing is required normal printing can be performed just by setting the items in this dialog Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation 1 i l T Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette Print Quality Standard Grayscale Printing POF Hide Details Cancel Print Media Type Select the type of media to be used You must select the type of media actually loaded in the printer This selection enables the printer to carry out printing properly for the material of the media used Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied Print Quality Select the one that is closest to the original document type and the purpose When one of the radio buttons is selected the appropriate quality will be set automatically High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing Custom Select this radio button to specify a quality Quality When you select Custom in Print Quality you can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level Grayscale Printing Set grayscale printing Grayscale printing refers to the f
66. button to select the category folder of template form then press the OK button The template forms in the category folder are displayed on the LCD 5 Use the A button to select the template form you want to print then press the OK button 6 Check the message that is displayed then press the OK button 7 Check the print settings The print settings are determined automatically according to the specified template form To change the print setting use the A button to select the setting item and use the A button to change the settings Note e 2 sidedPrintSetting is set to 1 sided e Depending on the template form some print setting cannot be specified If it is selected Error details is displayed on the LCD In this case press the left Function button to confirm the message then change the setting 8 Load paper according to the print settings 377 9 Press the Color button The machine starts printing 378 Printing from a Digital Camera Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings 379 Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device You can connect a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device such as a digital camera camcorder or mobile phone to the machine through wireless LAN and print recorded images directly without using a computer Connectable devices PictBridge Wire
67. can affect the tone of the image Important e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Not effective if Color is not selected for Kind Grain Correction Use this function to reduce graininess roughness in photos taken with high speed or sensitized film etc None Graininess will not be reduced 495 Low Select this when the photo is slightly grainy Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this when the photo is very grainy This can affect the gradation and sharpness of the image Important e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Gutter Correction Use this function to correct shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Unclear or blurred text lines caused by curved pages are not corrected None Gutter shadow will not be corrected Low Select this when the effect level is too strong with the medium setting Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this when the effect level is too weak with the medium setting Important Do not place objects that weigh 4 4 lbs 2 0 kg or more on the platen In addition do not press on the item with a force exceeding 4 4 Ibs 2 0 kg If you press heavily the scanner may not work correctly or you might break the glass e Align the item with the edge of the platen If placed slanted correction will not be
68. can check the connection status from WLAN setting list in Confirm LAN settings under LAN settings 2 Auto power on Selecting ON enables the machine to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a computer or printing data is sent to the machine 237 About Quiet setting Enables this function on the machine if you want to reduce the operating noise such as when printing at night Follow the procedure below to perform setting 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on Hh 2 Select Quiet setting on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Use the amp button to select Use quiet mode then press the OK button 4 The confirmation screen is displayed then the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon Activate this setting to reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress Important e Operating speed may be reduced compared to when Do not use quiet mode is selected e This function may not be so effective depending on the machine s setting Furthermore certain noise such as when the machine is preparing for printing is not reduced Note e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine or the printer driver No matter how you set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the machine or printing and scanning from the computer 238 Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode By using the machine as an access
69. choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion Alhan the Tarme ara madified Danan Do not agree Agree Privacy statement Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the Privacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information is used and disclosed By using the Service you expressly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the terms Al tha Drusa Gtatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 3 In the user information entry screen enter your Password and select Next Enter your password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 65 Register user info Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel 3 Important There are character restrictions for the Password as shown below e The password needs to be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt
70. clockwise or clockwise L ai Select the image you want to rotate then click za Rotate Left 90 or za Rotate Right 90 gt Important The preview operation buttons do not appear when the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in the Settings Driver dialog 2 Scan Results Area Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images You can change the save order of images via drag and drop The file names for saving appear below the thumbnails 486 3 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select PDF or PDF Multiple Pages in the following cases e When scanned by clicking Photo in the IJ Scan Utility main screen e The Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings of the Settings Driver dialog e Start
71. continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration except for High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt Paper for printing photos Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt 3 10 sheets A4 Letter and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt 3 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt 3 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt 3 10 sheets A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt 3 10 sheets A4 and Letter Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt 3 10 sheets A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Paper for printing business documents Media Name lt Model No gt Paper Output Tray High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt 65 sheets 50 sheets Paper for creating your own prints Media Name lt Model No gt T Shirt Transfers lt TR 301 gt Photo Stickers lt PS 101 gt 155 1 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature or humidity In such cases reduce the number of paper you load at a ti
72. copies by using the or button DJ Note e By pressing the right Function button you can preview an image of the printout on the preview screen Use the A button to change the display e If a appears on the photo the printed photo may not be scanned properly Rescan the printed photo 9 Press the Color button for color printing or the Black button for black amp white printing The machine starts printing DJ Note e If the printed photo was not scanned properly the confirmation screen asking you if you continue printing is displayed By selecting Yes the machine starts printing If you rescan the photo select No and scan the photo again 402 Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page When you select 2 on 1 copy for Layout in Standard copy you can copy two original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image Press the right Function button on the Copy standby screen to display the print settings screen then select 2 on 1 copy for Layout fam Standard copy Page size A4 Type Plain paper Print alty __ Standard __ Layout__ 2 on 1 copy _ OK End setup Advanced Press the right Function button to specify the orientation and the advanced layout e When you select Portrait for Orientation and Left to right for 2 on 1 copy layout nasa net oe re hee m After selecting the layout and press the OK button you can select whether you use the preview screen If you select ON
73. dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 418 Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported Note e The following explains how to scan from the item to be placed on the left side 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog as required When setting is completed click OK 3 Click Stitch 800 Canon lJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series SEZ Instructions Settings Custom The Image Stitch window appears 4 In Select Output Size select an output size according to the paper size eoo Image Stitch gt 4 gt gt D Image Stitch a aa sa f4 A Select Output Size e Scan Direction Scan from Left Scan Image 1 9 Sat scanning imaget Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 __ Adjust cropping frames Save Save Cancel 5 Make sure that Scan from Left is selected in Scan Direction 419 xja uy 2 a aa se 6 Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face down on the platen 7 Click Start Scanning Image 1 xas 2 3 teense EIC Adjust cropping frames Q s
74. document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image checkbox and scan again Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog 584 There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed Exit other applications and try again eile Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again Resolution 585 Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Restart the computer reduce the output resolution and scan again Resolution CESPA Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard disk space then scan again Error message may appear if there is not enough hard disk space to scan and save when the image size is too large such as when scanning a large item at high resolution In Folder to Save Temporary Files of IJ Scan Utility specify a folder ona drive with sufficient free space Settings General Settings Dialog Multiple devices may be connected to USB ports Disconnect devices other than your scanner or printer 586 Scanned Image Does Not Open If the data format is not supported by the application scan the image again and select a popular data format such as JPEG when saving it Refer to the application s manual for details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the application 587 Scan Results Not Satisfactory Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Can
75. e mails of this service Daylight Saving Time This setting is combined with the Time Zone setting and applied to the date time information in the screens and notification e mails of this service When you select ON 1 hour is added to the Time Zone setting when the date time information is displayed 5 In the Printer Registration window enter the Printer Name and select Confirm Enter any name that will allow you to identify the printer 113 J Important The maximum number of characters that can be entered is 30 6 In the Confirm Owner Registration window check the registration information and select Register A temporary password will be displayed Important The temporary password that appears is not included in the notification e mail Be sure to write down the temporary password before closing the screen Check if an E mail Has Been Sent to the E mail Address You Entered A URL is notified to complete the registration to the e mail address that for the registered printer s owner Access the URL in the E mail and Complete the Printer Registration 1 Access the URL provided in the e mail JJ Important e You have to complete the registration within 30 minutes 2 Enter the registered e mail address of the printer s owner the temporary password and select Log In 3 Set a password of your choice and select Register When the password setting process is completed the printer s e mail address and the se
76. e Type of encryption is displayed as follows Blank No encryption WEP WEP is set WPA WPA2 WPA WPA2 is set 2 Refresh Click to update the list of access points when your target access point is not detected If the target access point is set to a closed network the stealth mode click Cancel to return to the previous screen and enter the network name SSID in Network SSID JJ Note Make sure that the access point is turned on 3 Set Click to set the network name SSID in Network SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Note The WEP Details screen or the WPA WPA2 Details screen appears if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point e Access points that cannot be used by this machine including those configured to use different encryption methods are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured 262 Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is conn
77. execute the printer utility functions such as cleaning AirPrint settings This function allows you to specify the Apple AirPrint settings such as position information Google Cloud Print setup This function allows you to register this printer to Google Cloud Print or delete the printer Print from E mail setup Allows you to register printers check print addresses and delete registered printers IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Allows you to register to IJ Cloud Printing Center or to delete a registration Security Allows you to set the Administrator s password and Operation restrictions for the machine Important e For the initial Password see About the Administrator Password For Security reasons we recommend that you change the Password to an individual password The following character restrictions apply to the password that you enter e Set the password by using 0 to 32 characters e The allowed characters are single byte alphanumeric characters Firmware update This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information Manual Online This function displays the Online Manual 106 Online Storage Integration Function The printer can integrate with online storage services such as Evernote Integration with Online Notetaking Service J Evernote If an Evernote client application is installed on your computer you can import scanned images into the application and upload them to th
78. filtering or DHCP function Make sure that the radio channel of the access point and that assigned to the machine are the same For details on how to check the settings of the access point refer to the instruction manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer After checking the settings of the access point click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the problem is not resolved select the Set up the network connection via USB check box on the Check Printer Settings screen and click Next to set up the network communication via USB 540 The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN Make sure that the machine is turned on Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to Disable LAN When the machine is connected to the computer temporarily using a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is connected properly When you set up the wireless LAN connection or change the wireless LAN settings using IJ Network Tool through USB connection make sure that the machine is connected to the computer with a USB cable securely Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable Make sure that the machine setup is completed If not perform setup according to the instructions on our website When using IJ Network Tool click Update to search for the machine again
79. for the Power Plug Power Cord Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord 133 Confirming that the Power Is On The POWER lamp is lit when the machine is turned on Even if the LCD is off if the POWER lamp is lit the machine is on Note e It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine e The LCD will turn off if the machine is not operated for about 5 minutes To restore the display press any button except the ON button or perform the print operation You cannot change the wait time before the LCD turns off 134 Turning the Machine On and Off Turning on the machine 1 Press the ON button to turn on the machine The POWER lamp flashes and then remains lit Confirming that the Power Is On Note e It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine If the Alarm lamp lights up or flashes and an error message is displayed on the LCD see A Message Is Displayed e You can set the machine to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network This feature is set to off by default For details on the auto power on feature see below From the machine About ECO settings From the computer Managing the Printer Power Turning off the machine 1 Press the ON button to turn off the machine When the POWER lamp stop
80. gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 4 Enter the User name Enter the name that identifies the user Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time v 3 Important The User name entry field has the following character restrictions 66 e The password needs to be between 1 and 20 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 5 Specify the Time zone setting and select Next Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time v 6 Enter the Security code and select Done Enter the code for authenticating the user Register user info Set security code About security code Security code Security code confirmation 0 to 8 digits 67 J Important e The Security code entry field has the following character restrictions e Single byte numbers The registration is complete A registration completion message is displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen is displa
81. gt 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation t gt Color Matching ColorSync Canon Color Matching POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select color correction Select ColorSync You can leave Profile set to Automatic J Important e Depending on the application software you use you may not be able to select setting items other than ColorSync e If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic or Printing Paper ICC Profile the printer will not be able to print with the correct colors 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction 334 Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 335 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver Print from an application software that cannot identify or specify input ICC profiles by using the color space of the input ICC profile SRGB found in the data 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches or s Orientation T i I gt Color Matching ColorSync Canon Color Matching PDF Hi
82. if necessary If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 619 1304 Cause Paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing Action If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing remove the paper following the procedure below Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Pull the paper out slowly from the paper output slot Hold the paper with your hands then pull the paper out slowly not to tear it 2 Reload the paper and press the machine s OK button If you were not able to remove the paper out in step 1 Follow the procedure below to remove the paper from the transport unit 3 Turn the machine off then unplug the power cord 4 Stand the machine with the right side facing down 3 Important e When you stand the machine confirm that the document cover is closed e Stand the machine on a wide and flat surface such as a desk e When you stand the machine hold it securely and be careful not to hit it on a hard object 5 Push the open lever to open the transport unit When you open the transport unit support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall down 620 6 Pull out the jammed paper slowly When you pull the jammed pape
83. inconvenience such as lack of memory Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image Important 505 DJ Note e When you will be printing the scanned image by enlarging it scan by setting a higher resolution than the recommended one above 506 Data Formats You can select a data format when saving scanned images You should specify the most suitable data format according to how you want to use the image on which application Available data formats vary by application and operating system Windows or Mac OS See below for the characteristics of each image data format PNG Standard File Extension png A data format often used on websites PNG is suitable for editing saved images JPEG Standard File Extension jpg A data format often used on websites and for digital camera images JPEG features high compression rates JPEG images slightly degrade every time they are saved and cannot be returned to their original state JPEG is not available for black and white images TIFF Standard File Extension tif A data format featuring a relatively high compatibility between various computers and applications TIFF is suitable for editing saved images Note e Some TIFF files are incompatible e IJ Scan Utility supports the following TIFF file formats e Uncompressed black and white binary e Uncompressed RGB 8 bits per channel e Uncompressed Grayscale PDF Standard File Exten
84. information D gt Note e Ink Details is displayed when the ink level is low Click to check which ink tank your model uses e Click Update to display the current remaining ink level 175 Checking the Ink Status Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Machine Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 176 Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Machine 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and display the HOME screen If the HOME screen is not displayed press the HOME button to display it E 2 Select Mi Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 3 Select nn Estimated ink levels then press the OK button A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level Current estimated ink levels A M BK Y PGBK C OK Back Ink number Example i Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank DJ Note e The above screen shows estimated ink levels e To display and print the model number of the ink tank select Ink number by pressing the right Function button e You can also check the ink status on a screen of the LCD displayed while printing e You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 177 Checking the In
85. is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area E mail Client Specify the e mail client to use for attaching scanned images You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu DJ Note e Specify the e mail client in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 481 Settings General Settings Dialog Click the i General Settings tab to display the Settings General Settings dialog In the Settings General Settings dialog you can set the product to use file size restriction on e mail attachment language to detect text in images and folder in which to save images temporarily Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden some options may not appear e008 Settings General Settings gt eig No Change E mail Attachment Size Document Language English Folder to Save Temporary Files Browse Instructions Defaults ok Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use If the displayed product is not the one you want to use select the desired product from the list In addition for network connection select one with Network after the product name DJ Note e With network connection Select appears on the
86. may not select the print settings when sending the print data with Google Cloud Print When you want to print from Google Cloud Print immediately When the printer cannot receive the print data or you want to start printing immediately you can check whether there is a print job on the Google Cloud Print and start printing manually Follow the steps below D Important Depending on your printer model this function may not be available 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 From the Home screen select Setup 3 Select Web service inquiry D gt Note e If you have not registered the printer with Google Cloud Print Web service inquiry is not displayed Register the printer with Google Cloud Print 4 Select Print from Google Cloud Print The confirmation screen to check is displayed 5 Select Yes If there is the print data the printer receives the print data and prints it 99 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device This document explains how to use AirPrint to print wirelessly from your iPad iPhone and iPod touch to a Canon printer AirPrint enables you to print photos email Web pages and documents from your Apple device directly to your printer without installing a driver AirPrint Checking Your Environment First check your environment AirPrint Operation Environment To use AirPrint you will need one of the following Apple devices running the latest version of iOS o iPad
87. message Failed to connect to Print from E mail Only the information on the printer was deleted is displayed it could be that the registration information on the service could not be deleted even though the Print from E mail information stored on this printer was deleted Select OK to release the error and then access the service s login URL https pr mp c ij com po to delete the registration information If the Print from E mail information stored on this printer could not be deleted even though the registration information on the service was deleted from the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select HA Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Delete registered printer and delete the registration information If You Cannot Print after the Printer Is Repaired Re registering the printer and the printer owner When the printer is repaired all of the registered information is deleted and Print from E mail can no longer be used If you want to use this service again you must re register the printer and the printer owner For information about the re registration procedure see Preparing to Use Print from E mail Even if users other than the owner were registered as members repeat the registration starting from here 111 Preparing to Use Print from E mail To use this service to print a photo or document you need to follow the proced
88. not display correctly Canon recommends that you upgrade to Internet Explorer 9 or later or use another browser Smartphone or tablet iOS 5 1 or later 320 x 480 HVGA or higher OS standard browser Android 2 3 3 or later 480 x 800 HVGA or higher Android3 x is not supported Important e On the browser you are using enable JavaScript and cookies e If you use the zoom function or change the font size on your browser the web pages may not display correctly e If you use the translation function of Google Chrome the web pages may not display correctly e If you use a proxy server outside of your country the service may not be able to determine the correct region 59 e In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be released For confirmation instructions contact the network administrator 60 Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you need to follow the steps described below and register the user information Print registration information from the printer H 4 1 From the home window select Mi Setup gt Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Register with this service 2 In the registration confirmation window Select Yes Register this printer with IJ Cloud Printing Center 3 In the print settings select the display language Language for print
89. of the Machine D Important e Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine and printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup according to the instructions on our website 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Maintenance from the Settings menu Maintenance Setting Initialization To return the printer settings to the factory defaults click Initialize Initialize Cancel or 1 Setting Initialization Initialize Reverts all the network settings of the printer to factory default 4 Click Initialize The Setting Initialization screen is displayed Click OK to initialize the network settings of the printer Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so perform setup according to the instructions on our website Note e You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool activate wireless LAN in advance 272 Viewing the Modified Settings The Confirmation screen is displayed when you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen When you click OK on the Confirmation screen
90. or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in Depending on your network environment some functions on web service are not available Even if they are available it may take a while to print or display the contents or communication may be interrupted while operation is in progress When you use web service your machine s name information of your region or country your selected language and what kind of service you use e g photo sharing site are sent to and saved in our server Canon is unable to identify specific customers using this information Your login name and password for the photo sharing site are saved in the machine s memory not encrypted If you hand over the machine to anyone or dispose of it delete your login name and password from the machine s memory in advance The account information will be sent to Canon Inc server located in Japan then forwarded to the service provider s server Canon handles your account information as follows Your account information will be used in personal identification process of the selected service Canon will not provide your account information to any third party without your consent except for sending to the service provider or providing based on laws and regulations After the conclusion of non disclosure agreement Canon may deposit your account information to the contractor to achieve the purpose of use Canon endeavors to secure
91. point in an environment that does not have wireless LAN router or access point or by using the machine as an access point temporarily in an environment that has wireless LAN router or access point you can connect the machine to an external device such as a computer or a smartphone and print scan from them This section describes how to enable the access point mode the access point name of the machine and the security setting How to enable the Access Point Mode Printing Scanning with the Access Point Mode How to terminate the Access Point Mode Setting of the Access Point Mode Important e Before using the machine with the access point mode confirm the usage restrictions then switch the machine to the access point mode Restrictions If you use the machine with the access point mode for the long time it is recommended that you change the default access point name and the default password to the combination of numbers and letters with the point of view of security How to enable the Access Point Mode Enable the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on A 2 Select m Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Le Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select LAN settings then press the OK button 5 Use the amp button to select Change LAN then press the OK button 6 Use the amp
92. properly DJJ Note Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark D e Keep the envelope stack height below the tabs E of the paper guides D E 6 Holding the right tab on the front cover push the cassette back until the arrow gt on the front cover is aligned with the arrow 44 on the machine After pushing the cassette back the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD 150 7 Select the size and type of the loaded envelopes in the cassette at Page size and Type then press the OK button Paper setting for Printing Register cassette paper info Page size Envelope DL gt Type Envelope OK Register Cancel 3 Open the paper output tray 1 Extend the paper support F then open the output tray extension G 2 Open the paper output tray H gently then extend the paper output support I 151 H 1 rsd pE G F gt Important e Be sure to open the paper output tray when printing If not open the machine cannot start printing 39 Note e When printing select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver 152 Media Types You Can Use Choose paper suitable for printing for the best print results Canon provides you various types of paper to enhance the fun of printing such as stickers as well as papers for photo or document We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper fo
93. remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Pull the paper out slowly Hold the paper with your hands then pull the paper out slowly not to tear it DJ Note e If you cannot pull the paper out turn the machine off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically e If you cannot pull the paper out from the paper output slot try to pull the paper out from the transport unit 1303 e If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot remove the paper from inside the machine Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine 2 Reload the paper and press the machine s OK button If you turned off the machine in step 1 all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly e We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or graphics otherwise the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams 616 If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 617 1303 Cause Paper is jammed inside the machine at the transport unit Action If you cannot see the paper at the paper output slot remove the paper from the transport unit Remove
94. result screen To check the MAC address of the printer print out the network setting information using the operation panel of the printer Printing Out Network Setting Information Additionally you can check the network setting information on the LCD of the printer Select WLAN setting list from Confirm LAN settings in LAN settings under Device settings and check the item displayed on the LCD LAN settings 247 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN or to change the connection method between the machine and the computer from USB to LAN perform setup according to the instructions on our website Connecting to Other Computer with LAN To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN perform setup according to the instructions on our website Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To change the connection method to LAN while you are using the machine with USB connection perform setup again according to the instructions on our website and select Change Connection Method 248 Printing Out Network Setting Information You can print out the current network settings of the machine using the operation panel of the machine Important e This print out contains valuable information about your computer Handle it with care 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized
95. right side of the product name Click Select to display the network selection screen in which you can change the scanner to use Refer to Network Scan Settings for the setting procedure E mail Attachment Size You can restrict the size of scanned images to be attached to an e mail You can select Small Suitable for 640 x 480 Windows Medium Suitable for 800 x 600 Windows Large Suitable for 1024 x 768 Windows or No Change Document Language Select the language for detecting text in images Folder to Save Temporary Files Displays the folder in which to save images temporarily Click Browse to specify the destination folder 482 Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 483 Network Selection Screen You can select the scanners or printers to be used for scanning or printing over a network from your computer or the operation panel Network Selection Screen In Product Name in the Settings General Settings dialog select an item with Network after the product name from the list then click Select that appears to the right of the product name to display the network selection screen Scanners The Bonjour service names of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are displayed You can select one scanner or printer per model Selecting a scanner or printer automatically enables scanning from the operation panel
96. s Stop button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition Note e If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled the ink tank in gray is displayed on the LCD when checking the current ink level 644 1689 Cause Printer detected ink out condition The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Replace the ink tank and close the operation panel An ink tank that was once empty is installed Printing under the ink out condition may damage the machine If you want to continue printing you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level To release this function press and hold the machine s Stop button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition or refilled ink tanks Note If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled the ink tank in gray is displayed on the LCD when checking the current ink level 645 1700 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the mac
97. service center 699 B204 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center 700 C000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the machine Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the machine again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 33 Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged 701
98. slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document D Important e The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document D Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan r
99. subnet mask XXX XXX XXX XXX 226 IPv4 default gateway XXX XXX XXX XXX IPv6 address XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX IPv6 subnet prefix length IPv6 default gateway XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX MAC address XX XX XX XX XX XX Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XX represents alphanumeric characters o Print LAN details You can print out the network settings of the machine such as its IP address and SSID For more information on the machine s network setting is printed out Printing Out Network Setting Information Important e This printout contains valuable information about your computer Handle it with care Other settings Important e You cannot select the items below when Disable LAN is selected for Change LAN Set printer name Specifies the printer name You can use up to 15 characters for the name D gt Note e You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices e You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name o TCP IP settings Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting o WSD setting Setting items when you use WSD one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista Enable disable WSD Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled 227 o o o o o DJ Note e When this setting is e
100. the Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Custom Scan dialog In the Settings Custom Scan dialog you can make advanced scan settings to scan according to your preference eoo Settings Custom Scan 1p Iela if Auto Sean Scan Options Select Source rc aaa Document Scan Color Mode wW Paper Size s Resolution Image Processing Settings p Save Settings E Scan and Sitch ES mra Save in B Pictures File Name Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard V Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden Send to an application 45 Preview Send to a folder None Attach to e mail None Attach Manually Start OCR Output to Text _ Do not start any application More Functions r Instructions Defaults 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 33 Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned Select Auto to detect the item type automatically and to set Color Mode Paper Size and Resolution automatically as well 3 Important e Item types supported by Auto are photos p
101. the computer refer to the instruction manual of your computer or contact its manufacturer If the MP Drivers are not installed install them Install the MP Drivers from our website Ges Make sure that access control is not set to the access point For the procedures to connect an access point and set it up refer to the instruction manual of your access point or contact its manufacturer Note e To check the MAC address or the IP address of the computer see Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer 530 Printing Speed Is Slow The machine may be printing out a large job issued from another computer Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the machine Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor The metal concrete or timber including the metallic material mud wall or insulator may interrupt a wireless communication If the machine cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN for the wall material place the machine and the computer in the same room or floor GS Make sure that there is no source of interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the devic
102. the paper following the procedure below Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Turn the machine off then unplug the power cord 2 Stand the machine with the right side facing down 33 Important e When you stand the machine confirm that the document cover is closed e Stand the machine on a wide and flat surface such as a desk e When you stand the machine hold it securely and be careful not to hit it on a hard object 3 Push the open lever to open the transport unit When you open the transport unit support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall down 4 Pull out the jammed paper slowly When you pull the jammed paper support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall down 618 D Note e If the paper is rolled up and it is difficult to remove grasp the edges of the paper then remove the jammed paper e If you cannot remove the jammed paper from the transport unit close the transport unit take back the machine in original position then remove the paper from inside the machine Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine 5 Close the transport unit DJ Note e After you close the transport unit take back the machine in original position at once 6 Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on All print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint
103. the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation DJ Note If Device memory is full Cannot continue process appears on the LCD when scanning set the print quality to Standard then try copying again If the problem is not resolved set the print quality to Draft and try copying again e This function can be used in combination with Two sided copy If you use this function in combination you can copy four original pages on one sheet of paper In this case two original pages are copied on each side of paper If you use this function in combination select 2 sided for 2 sidedPrintSetting then select the orientation and the stapling side of print paper on the Print settings screen 403 For details on two sided copy function Two Sided Copying When checking the orientation When you are using the preview screen the screen below is displayed before copying starts so that you can check the orientation Check orientation OKlScan l Rescan 3 1 Rotate If you press the right Function button the original rotates by 180 degrees 2 Rescan If you press the left Function button the original is rescanned Press the OK button to start scanning When scanning is finished The Document setting screen appears on the LCD after scanning the first sheet of original Document setting Page 2 Place the next document and press OK Print now Remove the first sheet of original fr
104. the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again When you use the machine over LAN make sure that the machine is set up to be used over network correctly OISE Is the access point mode enabled When you print using a mode other than the access point mode disable the access point mode in advance Make sure that the paper output tray is open Are the paper settings identical with those registered to the cassette When the paper settings are not identical with those registered to the cassette an error message is displayed Resolve the error according to the instructions on the LCD Paper Setting for Printing D2 Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting e To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings e To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode If you are printing from the computer and there are any unnecessary print jobs delete them gt Deleting the Undesired Print Job Make sure that your machine s name is selected in the Print dialog The machine will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer 552 Make sure that your machine s name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog Note e To make the machine the one selected by default select the machine
105. the safety of your account information o o o o It is at your option to enter and send your account information However the service that requires to enter your account information is not available unless you enter and send it Your account information does not remain in Canon Inc server At the latest it will be deleted o when you have disconnected your printer from LAN For details contact a Canon authorized sales representative in the country or region you live in o Copyrights and Rights of Publicity When printing from the photo sharing site e e Observe the conditions of use of the photo sharing site when you use photos on the site It is unlawful to reproduce or edit the copyrighted work of another person without permission from the copyright holder except for personal use use within the home or other use within the limited scope as defined by the copyright Additionally reproducing or editing photographs of people may infringe on Rights of Publicity 37 When printing downloaded template forms 1 The copyright of each material photos illustrations logos or documents hereinafter referred to as the materials provided on the web template printing service belongs to their respective owners Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding the use of any of people or characters displayed on the web template printing service Except as otherwise permitted please see 2 below copyin
106. to E mail Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Network Scan Settings Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan Utility 510 Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Before forwarding scanned data to the computer confirm the following The scanner driver is installed If the scanner driver is not yet installed install the scanner driver from our website The machine is connected to a computer correctly Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer correctly Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is in operation or when the computer is in the sleep or standby mode If you perform scanning via a network connection make sure that all the required settings have been specified Network Scan Settings The destination and the file name are specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility You can specify the destination and the file name in Canon IJ Scan Utility For details on settings of Canon lJ Scan Utility Settings Dialog 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Ei on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel If you forward the data to the USB connected computer The Scan standby screen is displayed PC Local USB Doc type 4 Auto scan BD BD Scan Save Forward Go to step 3 DJ Note e If the screen
107. to the printer If you click OK the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Configuration LA 1 Admin Password TCP IP Setting Get IP address automatically Cancel x 1 TCP IP Setting Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router Use following IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address 267 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet D gt Note e You cannot change the settings when using the access point mode 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Admin Password button The Admin Password sheet is displayed 5 Change the settings or confirm Configuration Wireless LAN E P vo a M Use admin password 1 Password D Password Confirmation Cancel Ok 1 Use admin password Set an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options To use this feature select this check box and enter a password D Important e The password should consist of alphanumeric charac
108. to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu 448 Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 449 Settings Photo Scan Dialog D Click Photo Scan on the L Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Photo Scan dialog In the Settings Photo Scan dialog you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as photos e090 Settings Photo Scan eja ii m Auto Scan Scan Options Select Source pe aa Document Scan Color Mode Paper Size Resolution Image Processing Settin Custom Scan a b z E Save Settings Scan and Sitch Sav
109. waiting for scanning the sheet Action Proceed to scan the printed alignment pattern 1 Load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass Load the print head alignment sheet with the printed side facing down and align the mark F onthe upper left corner of the sheet with the alignment mark 2 Close the document cover gently then press the machine s OK button The machine starts scanning the print head alignment sheet and the print head position will be adjusted automatically 660 4100 Cause The specified data cannot be printed Action When you print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM confirm the message on the computer screen make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks are installed properly for all colors then start printing again 661 4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with the current print settings Action Press the machine s Stop button to cancel printing Then change the print settings and print again 662 5011 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 663 5012 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the pro
110. you perform operations from the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer e If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours quiet mode is not applied to operations copy direct print etc performed directly from the printer 217 3 Apply the settings Make sure that the printer is on and click Apply Click OK when the confirmation message appears The settings are enabled hereafter Note e The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings 218 Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows 1 Make sure that the printer is on and then select Custom Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility Note e If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer a message may be displayed because the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer If this happens click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 2 If necessary complete the following settings Ink Drying Wait Time You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink o
111. 18 Scan res Scan resolution Select the resolution for scanning Preview This setting is not available Reduce show thru Reducing show through Characters on the back may show through when scanning a thin document such as a newspaper Select ON if characters seem to show through on the scanned document This setting item is not available when Photo is selected for Doc type Descreen A printout consists of minute dots to make characters or graphs Interfering with each dot may result in uneven shades or a striped pattern Select ON if you notice any uneven shades or a striped pattern on the scanned image This setting item is not available when Photo is selected for Doc type Note e Even if ON is selected for this setting some moire effects may remain if Unsharp mask is set to ON In that case select OFF for Unsharp mask Unsharp mask The outline of small characters or thin objects such as a hair or leaves on a photo can be accentuated Select ON if you want to accentuate the outline of the scanned data 519 Network Scan Settings You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images into a specified computer 33 Important Multiple users cannot scan at the same time To scan over a network enable Bonjour on your scanner or printer Note e Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructi
112. 23 eja i Settings Custom Scan Scan Options E Auto sean Select Source Auto sii Document Scan Color Mode Color Paper Size Auto _ Resolution Auto z Image Processing Settings Save Settings File Name IMG Th a Ober Save in E Pictures si Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard si V Create a POF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden L Sond to ananolirationz a Preview Instructions Defaults OK 5 Select Select Source according to the items to be scanned eoo Settings Custom Scan leja i Auto Scan Scan Options Select Source Photo Document Scan Color Mode Color Paper Size Auto scan n Resolution 300 dpi TT Ei Save Settings E So ania File Name IMG B mae Omer Save in jj Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard C Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden C Send to an application 45 Preview D Sond tn a folder Mone Instructions Deuts OK 6 Select Auto scan for Paper Size then click OK 424 eoo Settings Custom Scan leja if PG Scan Options Select Source Photo
113. 34 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 Are the machine and network device router access point etc turned on Make sure that the machine is turned on Confirming that the Power Is On Make sure that the network device router access point etc is turned on If the machine or the network device is turned off Turn on the machine or the network device After turning on the machine or the network device it may take some time until ready for use After a while just turning on the machine or the network device click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the machine and the network device are turned on If the machine could not be detected after clicking Redetect even when the machine and the network device are turned on or when you have turned them on go to check 2 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 535 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 Is the wireless LAN setting of the machine enabled Make sure that the Wi Fi lamp of the machine is lit If the Wi Fi lamp is off The wireless LAN setting of the machine is disabled Enable the wireless LAN setting of the machine After enabling the wireless LAN setting click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communicat
114. Address of the Computer Checking If the Computer and the Machine or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate Checking the Network Setting Information Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Machine To check the IP address or the MAC address of the machine display the network setting information using the operation panel of the machine or print out the network setting information of the machine LAN settings Printing Out Network Setting Information To display the network setting information using IJ Network Tool select Network Information on the View menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer To check the IP address or MAC address assigned to the computer follow the procedure below 1 Select System Preferences from the Apple menu then click Network 2 Make sure that the network interface you are using on your computer is selected then click Advanced In Mac OS X v10 9 Mac OS X v10 8 or Mac OS X v10 7 Make sure that Wi Fi is selected as the network interface In Mac OS X v10 6 8 Make sure that AirMac is selected as the network interface 3 Confirm the IP address or MAC address e In Mac OS X v10 9 Mac OS X v10 8 or Mac OS X v10 7 Click TCP IP to confirm the IP address Click Hardware to confirm the MAC address e In Mac OS X v10 6 8 Click TCP IP to confirm the IP address Click Ethernet then see Ethernet ID to co
115. AirPort Network Infra e S Encryption Method Use Password WEP TCP IP Setting Get IP address automatically a amp wo Nn Cancel On 1 Network Type Displays the wireless LAN mode currently selected AirPort Network Infra Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with an access point 259 Access point mode Connects external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets to the printer using it as an access point Note e When Access point mode is displayed on Network Type you cannot change the settings on the Wireless LAN sheet or the Admin Password sheet e You can perform setting from Set up printer s wireless LAN on the Settings menu when you use the printer with the access point mode Depending on the printer you are using you can change the settings using the operation panel 2 Network SSID The network name SSID of the wireless LAN currently used is displayed In the access point mode the access point name SSID of the printer is displayed Note Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive 3 Search The Access Points screen is displayed to select an access point to connect to Access Points Screen Note e When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN the button is grayed out and cannot be selected Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings
116. Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear 458 Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important e This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format DJ Note 1 PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important e This does not appear when Select Source is Auto e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu S
117. Canon MG5600 series Online Manual Read Me First Useful Functions Available on the Machine Overview of the Machine Printing Copying Scanning Troubleshooting English Contents R ad Me Fcc 4a dane tidie EErEE KOR REMADE ESA Ded SOO e EES 14 Symbols Used in This Document 0 0 0 0 ccc ee eee 15 Trademarks and Licenses nunua eaaa 16 SECU LOT E E a a A A EEEE ETE T A E E a A 20 Notes on Operation Explanations onana aaaea 22 Useful Functions Available on the Machine 0 50000005 23 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode 2020000 ee 24 Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden i csskdsee eee ens ceed vee beds eeewn 25 Download a Variety of Content Materials 0 000 eee eee 27 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application n on nananana anaana 28 Connection Methods Available on the Machine 00 eee eee eee 29 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP 0000 cece eee eee ees 31 Restrictions ETET PAPEI EEA TATE hee TT eA eka TORTO PEET 35 Notice for Web Service Printing sows oo oe ewe e654 oS aS ERE SE EER ED ROSE OS 37 Use PIXMA Cloud LINK ee ocacciceusaso arse rir tannanna aaa Eae EA OEA AG 39 Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Privietis 442 s n00eeeeses kettik A nte iaeaea 40 Before Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Ce eee ee Ten A 2 41 Preparing to Use PIXMA
118. Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed Normally the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with color tints that most people prefer When you want to print by using the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data effectively or by specifying a printing ICC profile from your application software select ColorSync When you want to print by having the printer driver correct the colors select Canon Color Matching The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches temo Orientation t gt Color Marching ColorSync Canon Color Matching 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select color correction Select the item below that matches your purpose ColorSync Perform color correction using ColorSync Canon Color Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print with color tints that most people prefer 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the document data is printed with the specified color correction Important e Depending on the application software when a printing ICC profile is specified from that applic
119. Commun PictBridge Communication Enable Disable DNS Server Getting DNS Server Auto Manual automatically XX represents alphanumeric characters 1 Depending on the country or region of purchase one of the channels from 1 to 11 is printed 250 2 Only when IPV6 is enabled the status of the network is printed 3 Only IPv6 and the IPsec setting are enabled the status of the network is printed 251 About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings Appendix for Network Communication 252 Changing and Confirming Network Settings IJ Network Tool gt Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Monitoring Wireless Network Status Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine gt Viewing the Modified Settings 253 IJ Network Tool IJ Network Tool is a utility that enables you to display and modify the machine network settings It is installed when the machine is set up Important To use the machine over LAN make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type such as an access point or a LAN cable Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running I
120. DF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format DJ Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files J Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 463 3 Applicat
121. Delete When the deletion is finished the app will be deleted from the apps list on the main screen To delete another app repeat the procedure from step 4 To end the app deletion select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen Sort apps You can sort apps displayed on the apps list Follow the steps described below to sort apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 47 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums r CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Add delete Manage 3 Select Sort Register apps Delete apps Sort 4 On the apps list select the app that you want to sort Sort MAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums ADY DDOCAAINIRA Back D2 Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model e Can be used with genuine Canon ink 5 Use buttons to move the app a CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Y 6 Select Done 48 Sort CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Y Sorting is complete To continue the sorting repeat the procedure from step 4 To end the sorting select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen 49 Using PIXMA Cloud Link This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example Important e The available functions differ d
122. Display area 2 Add delete button 3 Manage button Important e Some apps may require you to have an account before using the app If this is the case get the account beforehand After selecting the app some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area If this is the case scroll up down right and left to change the display area Log in KX UserID or C_J Visible area The app is not displayed if it is not yet released or if the language not available in your region is selected in the display language setting 1 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select Immediately after the cloud s Main screen appears a list of the registered apps appears To start an app select the app that you want to use on the list 53 DJ Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model e Can be used with genuine Canon ink 2 Add delete button Use this button to add delete and sort apps Register apps Delete apps Sort Register apps Select this to add your favorite apps See here for details on how to add apps Delete apps Select this to delete registered apps See here for details on how to delete apps Sort Select this to sort the apps list See here for details on how to sort the apps list 3 Manage button Use this button to manag
123. IPv4 uses 32 bit addresses and IPv6 uses 128 bit addresses e Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex as the Password WEP key format The character that can be used for the WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats ASCII Specify with a 5 or 13 character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore characters It is case sensitive o Hex Specify a 10 digit or 26 digit string that can contain hexadecimal 0 to 9 A to F and a to f 279 e Key Length Length of the WEP key Select either 64 bits or 128 bits Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key e Link Quality The status of connection between the access point and the printer excluding noise interference is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 e LPR A platform independent printing protocol used in TCP IP networks It is not supported bidirectional communication e MAC Address AirPort ID Also known as the physical address A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to network devices by its manufacturer MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as a hexadecimal number separated by colons i e 11 22 33 44 55 66 e Network SSID Unique label for wireless LAN It is often represented such as a network name or a access point name SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to c
124. Key ID Otherwise your computer will not be able to communicate with the machine via the access point e When using WPA WPA2 The authentication method passphrase and dynamic encryption type must match on the access point the machine and the computer 544 Enter the passphrase configured on the access point a sequence of between 8 and 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 character hexadecimal number Either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption is selected automatically for the dynamic encryption method For details see Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings DJ Note e This machine supports WPA WPA2 PSK WPA WPA2 Personal and WPA2 PSK WPA2 Personal 545 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Access Points Screen You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the machine which has already been set up to use via a network Enter Password A password has been set to this printer Enter the admin password and click the OK button Cancel J Enter the administrator password you have set D gt Note e An administrator password is already specified for t
125. LAN Cannot Communicate with the Machine Using the Access Point Mode Cannot Print or Scan from a Computer Connected to the Network Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless LAN Make sure that the machine is turned on Make sure that the network settings in the machine are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the machine settings gt How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the machine within 164 ft 50 m from the access point Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices G Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible G Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to connect a network device to the computer and set them up refer to the instruction manual of your network device or contact its man
126. OK 4 Click Photo 8600 Canon J Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series a m D A k a Auto J Document Photo Custom JL Stitch Driver Instructions Settings Scanning starts Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Photo Scan dialog displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Photo Scan dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 417 Scanning with Favorite Settings You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in detail 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings Custom Scan dialog as required When setting is completed click OK Note Once the settings are made you can scan with the same settings from the next time 3 Place the item on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 4 Click Custom 800 Canon J Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series H S Auto Document Photo Stitch Driver Instructions Settings Scanning starts Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Custom Scan dialog displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Custom Scan
127. Orientation Ta Te E Pages per Sheet 1 ry Layout Direction RD S M Border None Two Sided Long Edge binding j _ Reverse page orientation L Flip horizontally 7 PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Set the stapling side 321 For Two Sided select either Long Edge binding or Short Edge binding 4 Select Margin from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Semings Copies ij M Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 21 00 inches or Orientation f Te Margin 0 0 inches 0 1 2 Stapling Side Long side stapling Left Long side stapling Right POF Hide Details Cancel Print 5 Set the stapling margin If necessary set the Margin width and to change the Stapling Side select a setting from the list J Note e Depending on the Two Sided setting in the Layout pop up menu the Stapling Side that can be selected differs 6 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print duplex printing will be started Important e When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from Media Type menu of Quality amp Media duplex printing cannot be executed When borderless printing is set duplex printing cannot be executed e Duplex printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from Paper Size US Letter A4 After printi
128. Pattern 358 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 359 Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility To open the Canon lJ Printer Utility follow the steps below 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan or Print amp Fax 2 Start the Canon IJ Printer Utility Select your model from the printer list and click Options amp Supplies Click Open Printer Utility in Utility tab Canon lJ Printer Utility is launched 360 Maintenance of this Printer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 361 Display the Printing Status Screen Check the print progress according to the following procedure 1 Launch the printing status screen e If the print data has been sent to the printer The printing status screen opens automatically To display the printing status screen click the the printer icon displayed on the Dock If the print data has not been sent to the printer Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print am
129. Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time 1 Select Power Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Check that the printer is on and then click Auto Power A dialog appears DJ Note Ifthe printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status 3 If necessary complete the following settings Auto Power On Specifying Enable from the list will turn the printer on upon receipt of print data Auto Power Off Specify the time from the list When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer the printer is turned off automatically 4 Apply the settings The setting is enabled after this When you want to disable this function select Disable from the list according to the same procedure 215 3 Important e If you connect this printer to a network and use it you can set Auto Power Off but the power will not be turned off automatically 216 Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows 1 Select Quiet Sett
130. Printer Before Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Preparing to Use PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA Cloud Link Cloud Troubleshooting 40 Before Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer First check the following content Precautions If you plan to use the web service to print documents be sure to check these precautions beforehand Network environment The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet If your printer is not connected to a LAN see here and set one up For information on the LAN and Internet settings see the manual of your network devices or contact the manufacturer Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Preparing to Use PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Copyright c 1991 2013 Unicode Inc All rights reserved Distributed under the Terms of Use in http www unicode org copyright html This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS Written by Philip Hazel Email local part ph10 Email domain cam ac uk University of Cambridge Computing Service Cambridge England Copyright c 1997 2008 University of Cambridge All rights reserved THE BSD LICENCE Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
131. Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program k7 j Thank you for your cooperation in Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program For development and marketing of products that better meet customer needs Canon requests that the information below related to your Canon product be sent to Canon in case of using your Canon product in China to the legally approved research company through the Internet 1 Information related to Canon inkjet printer scannerfax Computer s OS version language and display setting informaton Device driver and application software usage logs 2 Information related to Canon inkjet printerfax Printer s ID number installation date and ime ink use inflormaSon number of sheets printed and maintenance information E your Canon product is shared for use collective information recorded in the shared product will be sent in this survey we will not send any other information including your personal information For this reason from the information that is sent to us we are unable to identity specific customers We are areiore unable in RENAN in requests 1N disclose any sent information if you agree to the above click Agree Otherwise click Do not agree if you wish to turn off this program click Turn off This will disable the program and no further survey will be made Turn off Do not agree Agree If you agree to participate in the survey program Click Agree then follow the on scr
132. Select LI Advanced print on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel a 4 Select Borderless copy then press the OK button 5 Load the original on the platen glass 6 Specify the number of copies by using the or button Change the print settings as necessary Setting Items for Copying 7 Press the Color button for color copying or the Black button for black amp white copying The machine starts copying Note Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed However the cropped area will be larger if the extension amount is large For details Extended copy amount e For details on the paper size and the media type available for borderless copying Printing Area 400 Copying Photos You can scan printed photos and print them all at one time 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load the photo paper l 3 Select Advanced print on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 4 Select i Photo copy then press the OK button 5 Confirm the on screen instructions then press the OK button 6 Load the printed photo on the platen glass following the on screen instructions then press the OK button Note For details on loading photos on the platen glass Loading Originals When scanning is complete the print settin
133. Select Yes then press the OK button The nozzle check pattern will be printed 5 Examine the nozzle check pattern Note If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice clean the print head deeply 189 Cleaning the Print Head Deeply If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head clean the print head deeply Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head so clean the print head deeply only when necessary You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette After pushing the cassette back the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Register cassette paper info Page size lt A4 Type Plain paper OK Register Cancel If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Open the paper output tray gently 4 Clean the print head deeply 1 Select Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Select a Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 3 Select Deep cleaning then press the OK button Maintenance Print nozzle check pattern Deep clea
134. T TATTY T eee eaaa ole Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Siz6 224524 c4 lt 54ahes aes ae Pea FGa4 SARS ORS 316 Scaled Printing eee PRP R E E ET PL PEE T ole Pade Layout FIM 1 06035 ekra aa A AA 319 Duplex Printing PETET TTET TETT LATTEA EET IERT TEET arere a Printing on Posteado soanar ea taaa aaa a aaa ae a aa ai 323 Displaying the Print Results before Printing a a anaana aaau 324 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom SIZE os cqsissssus iesi ipnii diiis dames kes 325 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data AEE TA ANE ARET TEITT _ 327 Setting the Print Quality Level Custom 0 000000 c eee eens 328 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome TOTP were ee eee ee s 329 Speciying Color Coneco 4 5 4 4 444 44 senri terta a ARa 330 Optimal Photo Printing of image Data ess scscc0 ges acho deudaadnr ea Ea aa i 332 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver 0 0 0 0 00000 c eee eae 333 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software 334 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver 336 interpreting ihe ICC Pintle 2 wast hs anes bene eki ihda gan aoe dasadd vad 337 Adjusting Color Balante s ess Ld eee irk asa a a ere ee ak RNR 338 Adusia BroMe Se eee E E ah alte E tesa ahaa daar ED 340 Adjusting Mensy wc eee ee ee ee eee ee asaya deed ge edew on phi oe TETT EEEE 342 Adusia CORE
135. The copyright of each material photos illustrations logos or documents hereinafter referred to as the materials provided on the web template printing service belongs to their respective owners Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding the use of any of people or characters displayed on the web template printing service Except as otherwise permitted please see 2 below copying modifying or distributing all or a portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of the respective rights Rights of Publicity and Copyright holder is strictly prohibited 2 All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be freely used for personal and non commercial purposes 376 Downloading and Printing Template Forms Important e This function may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase You can download the template form you want to print from the web service Before using the web service see the terms of service Notice for Web Service Printing Important LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to use this function 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select a Cloud on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Ca Web template print then press the OK button The category folders of the template form are displayed on the LCD 4 Use the 4
136. US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation IF t gt Color Options s Cyan Magenta 4 4 lofl gt bh Yellow ABCDEF L 1234567 Brightness Normal Sample Type O e Standard Intensity 0 uss eit Contrast 0 9 9 View Color Pattern low Migh POF gt Hide Oetails Cancel f Print 3 Complete the setup 338 Click Print When you execute print the document is printed with the adjusted color balance Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked for Quality amp Media the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable e If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 339 Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Specify the brightness Select Light Normal or Dark fo
137. Vf cq fm UO lcm Il y a A Se Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver The Settings dialog appears 3 Click Photo Scan e090 Settings Photo Scan 1 leja it Auto Sean Scan Options Select Source Photo aa Document Scan Color Mode Color Paper Size Auto scan Resolution 300 dpi g Pr i Ek z Image Processing Settings Save Settings Ea LS File Name IMG ES Daar Save in Gi Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard s _ Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden C Send to an application 45 Preview L end tea folder None a ie BL Instructions Defaults 0K 4 Select Attach to e mail in Application Settings then select an e mail client 429 e09 Settings Photo Scan iela ii E auto Scan Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings aa Gocument Scan Save Settings File Name IMG iE Save in ij Pictures gt E custom Scan Data Format JPEG Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard gt mi Scan and Sitch Save to a subfolder with current date A mae _ Check sean results Application Settings _ Open with an application My Image Garden _ Send to an application 49 Preview _ Send to a folder None C Do not start any application More Functions
138. Wireless LAN compliant device and connect the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to the machine with wireless LAN DJ Note e For details on how to detect the machine refer to your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device s instruction manual 4 Specify the print settings such as the paper type and layout 380 You can perform settings using the menu on the LCD of your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Select the size and type of paper that you loaded in the machine Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device If your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device does not have a setting menu change the setting from the machine Settings on the Machine DJ Note e When printing from the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device set the print quality with the operation panel on the machine You cannot set the print quality on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device 5 Start printing from your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device 381 About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device Settings on the Machine Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device This section describes the PictBridge Wireless LAN function of the machine For the print settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device refer to the instructions given in the device s instruction manual Note In th
139. a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used Related Topic Interpreting the ICC Profile 332 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them use a printing ICC profile in the application software and select settings for color management The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG5600 series Presets Default Settings Copies i Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter gt 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation t gt Color Marching ColorSync Canon Color Matching 7 PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select color correction Select Canon Color Matching 3 Set the other items From the pop up menu select Color Options If necessary adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings 4 Complete the setup Clic
140. a type Printing from a Digital Camera 153 Page Sizes You can use the following page sizes Note e Printing on the following page sizes from the operation panel or from a digital camera is not supported e Legal and Envelopes Standard sizes e Letter e Legal A5 A4 BS e 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm e 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm e Envelope DL e Envelope Com 10 Non standard sizes You can print on non standard size paper within the following ranges e Minimum size 3 50 x 5 00 inches 89 0 x 127 0 mm e Maximum size 8 50 x 14 00 inches 215 9 x 355 6 mm Paper Weight You can use paper in the following weight range e 17 to 28 Ib 64 to 105 g Im plain paper except for Canon genuine paper Do not use heavier or lighter paper except for Canon genuine paper as it could jam in the machine Notes on Storing Paper e Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package just before printing e To avoid curling when you do not print put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface And also store it avoiding heat humidity and direct sunlight 154 Paper Load Limit Commercially Available Papers Plain Paper including recycled paper 1 Approx 100 sheets Approx 50 sheets 10 sheets Legal 10 sheets Legal Canon Genuine Papers DJ Note e We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before
141. aa Ai Ren m be Ma metre A agoe man tay ba peered aata ae peet a anan me sea pel a ek Pa pe pit O bew at ba aaie tangs nen md 2 On the Login screen select Create new account Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer 3 Enter the E mail address and Printer registration ID of the printer s owner and then select OK The registration page URL is sent to the e mail address entered 63 c Coed P Preparation Sp To create an account enter your e mail fe tne Came et Cred Ronny n A A prang is address and the printer registration ID mee a naaa OO s Res ae ON ee ter Os ierte pte IC moyen MA tn notoply B mad lt 3 c 4 com will be sent ess If you use e mail Ai namen m e Me ene A mye ae be peteret whe ap Skers allow o mal trom Sis addross AY e nan ee see yaad a ea Da pees Mapai E wewa ott in Bact An o mail address thal is already regisiorod cannot be used yee E mail address Printer registration ID About printer registration ID Cancel 3 Important There are character restrictions for the e mail address as shown below e You can use up to 255 alphanumeric characters consisting of single byte characters and symbols amp 4_ e Multibyte characters cannot be used You will get an error if the e mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used e
142. achine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center If You Cannot Resolve the Problem If you cannot resolve the problem with any of the workarounds in this chapter please contact the seller of the machine or the service center Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers Ay Caution e If the machine emits any unusual sound smoke or odor turn it off immediately Unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact the seller or the service center Never attempt to repair or disassemble the machine yourself e Attempts by customers to repair or take apart the machine will invalidate any warranty regardless of whether the warranty has expired Before contacting the service center confirm the following e Product name Your machine s name is located on the front cover of the setup manual e Serial number please refer to the setup manual e Details of the problem e What you tried to solve the problem and what happened 613 Support Code List The support code appears on the LCD and the computer screen when an error occurs Support Code means the error number and appears with an error message When an error occurs check the support code displayed on the LCD or the computer screen and take the appropriate action Support Code Appea
143. ad limit However proper feeding of paper may not be possible at this maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature and humidity In such cases reduce the sheets of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit Always load the paper in portrait orientation regardless of the printing orientation When you load the paper load the paper with the print side facing DOWN and slide the paper guides to align with the both sides of the paper Loading Paper When you load the paper insert the paper stack until the leading edge touches the far end of the cassette Check to see if the paper you are printing on is not too thick or curled Media Types You Cannot Use Make sure of the following when you load Hagakis or envelopes e If a Hagaki is curled it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit Load Hagakis with a zip code column toward the far end of the cassette e When printing on envelopes refer to Loading Paper and prepare the envelopes before printing Once you have prepared the envelopes load them in portrait orientation If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation they will not feed properly Is the cassette set properly Push the cassette so that the gt mark on the cassette aligns with the lt mark on the machine Confirm that the media type and the paper size settings cor
144. after scanning can be specified in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog Driver Allows you to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Driver dialog 436 Instructions Opens this guide Settings Displays the Settings dialog in which you can specify the scan save settings and the response after scanning 437 Settings Dialog Fn PON There are three tabs in the Settings dialog L Scanning from a Computer as Scanning from the Operation Panel and il General Settings When you click a tab the view in the red frame switches and you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab eooo Settings Auto Scan Scan Options Apply recommended image correction Save Settings File Name MG v Save in E Pictures Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard PDF Compression Standard V Create a PDF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden __ Send to an application ao Preview Send to a folder None Attach to e mail None Attach Manually Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults ox le Scanning from a Computer Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden S
145. age Setup from the File menu of the application software The Page Setup Dialog opens Opening the Print Dialog Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing 1 Select Print from the File menu of the application software The Print Dialog opens 348 Page Setup Dialog In the Page Setup dialog you configure the basic print settings such as the size of paper loaded in the printer or the scaling ratio To open the Page Setup dialog you typically select Page Setup from the File menu of your application software Settings Page Attributes Format For Any Printer Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ma T Scale fio x Cancel ox Settings Click the pop up menu and then select the following items Page Attributes Set the paper size or scaled printing Save as Default You can save the attributes of the displayed page as the default settings Format For Select the model to be used for printing Paper Size Select the size of the paper to be used for printing To set a non standard size select Manage Custom Sizes Orientation Select the print orientation Scale Set the scaling percentage You can expand or reduce the size of the document when printing 349 Print Dialog In the Print dialog you can set paper type and print quality to start printing To open the Print dialog you typically select Print from the File menu of your application so
146. age Setup Dialog select your model name from the Format For list Settings Page Attributes Format For Canon MGS600 series Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation TH Te sae x Cancel O 2 Set scaled printing Specify the scaling factor in the Scale box and click OK 3 Note e Depending on the Scale value that you set an error message may be displayed 3 Complete the setup On the Print Dialog click Print When you execute print the document will be printed with the specified scale gt Important e When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function configure the settings on your application software You do not need to configure the same setting in the Page Setup dialog 318 Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper il The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows 1 Select Layout from the pop up menu in the Print Dialog Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 850 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ty Te Layout Pages per Sheet 1 Layout Direction Pao RS OR 8G jea 4 lofi b gt gt Border None Two Sided Off Reverse page orientation Flip horizontally 2 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Se
147. age side first and then print the address side e The paper settings on the printer driver and the cassette paper information to register on the printer are different depending on whether you are printing on the address side or the message side For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 5 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute printing the data will be printed onto the postcard 323 Displaying the Print Results before Printing If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 you can display and check the print result before printing To display the print result before printing click Preview on the Print Dialog J Note e When you click the disclosure triangle in the Print dialog and switch to the detailed display Preview is not displayed For detailed display a preview is displayed on the left side of the Print dialog 324 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Paper Size menu Such a paper size is called custom size The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows 1 Creating a new custom paper size In the Print Dialog select Manage Custom Sizes from Paper Size In the Custom Paper Sizes dialog click Custom P
148. akes time for the machine and the computer to process the machine may appear to have stopped operating In addition when printing data that uses a large amount of ink continuously on plain paper the machine may pause temporarily In either case wait until the process is complete Note e If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing multiple copies of a document printing may pause to allow the ink to dry Has the machine been printing continuously for a long period If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time the print head or other parts around it may overheat The machine may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing In this case wait for a while without operation If the printing still does not resume interrupt your print session at a convenient time and turn the machine off for at least 15 minutes As Caution e The print head and the surrounding area can become extremely hot inside the machine Never touch the print head or nearby components 558 Problems with Printing Quality Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected 559 Print Results Not Satisfactory If the print result is not satisfactory due to white streaks misaligned lines or uneven colors confirm the paper and print quality settings first CG4 Do the page size and media type settings match the size and type of the loaded paper When these settings are incorre
149. all of the protective film is peeled off and the Y shape air hole is exposed as illustrated in A If the orange tape is left as in B pull the orange tape and remove it A B Are the print head nozzles clogged Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center 576 Problems with Scanning Problems with Scanning Scan Results Not Satisfactory 577 Problems with Scanning Scanner Does Not Work Scanner Driver Does Not Start Error Message Appears an
150. always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default 541 When using a router connect the machine and computer to the LAN side same network segment When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN use alphanumeric characters for the name of the network SSID If the problem is not resolved perform setup again according to the instructions on our website 542 Other Problems with Network Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten Checking Information about the Network How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default 543 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key How to Set an Encryption Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the machine to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool
151. ame is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error occurred on the printer 79 Display update date time of the printer information Userinformation Instructions Log out Close Updated date Mar 4 2014 4 59 AM This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name D gt Note e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers CS Add printer Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer Note e Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras the screen shown below appears 80 Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK 2 Manage users button When you select t
152. an application My Image Garden Send to an application 49 Preview Send to a folder None Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults tax 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability gt Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan 473 Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Note e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fon
153. ancel Printing AirPrint Troubleshooting If the document does not print check the following 1 Check that the printer power is on If the printer power is on turn it off and then back on again and check whether the issue is resolved 2 Check that the printer is connected by LAN to the same network subnet as the device on which iOS is installed 3 Check that the printer has enough paper and ink 4 If your printer has a LCD monitor check that no error message is displayed on the LCD monitor If the problem persists use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the printer If the document cannot be printed refer to the Online Manual for your model 103 D gt Note e After you turn on the printer it may take few minutes before the printer can communicate through a wireless LAN connection Confirm that the printer is connected to the wireless LAN and then try printing If Bonjour on the printer is disabled AirPrint cannot be used Check the LAN settings on the printer and enable Bonjour Note e The windows used in the explanations may differ from those displayed by your Apple product or app 104 Checking Printer Information You can use your smartphone tablet or computer to check the Printer status and execute utility functions from apps such as Canon Inkjet Print Utility and PIXMA Printing Solutions You can also use the conven
154. ank in the correct position according to the label on the print head holder You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed Be sure to install all the ink tanks 7 Close the operation panel gently ta Caution e When closing the operation panel be careful not to get your fingers caught gt Important e When opening or closing the operation panel do not touch the buttons and LCD on the operation panel Doing so may result in an unexpected operation D Note e If the error message appears after the operation panel is closed take appropriate action A Message Is Displayed When you start printing after replacing the ink tank the machine starts cleaning the print head automatically Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head e If the print head is out of alignment as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar symptoms align the print head 174 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model 1 Select Ink Level Information from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility An illustration of the ink types and their status is displayed If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs the printer driver displays an icon to let you know 2 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related
155. aper Sizes Paper Size 8 5 in llin Width Height Non Printable Area User Defined 25 in 25 in Top 25 in Left S56 in Right Bottom Duplicate Cancel oki Untitled will be added to the list 2 Setting details about the custom paper size Double click Untitled enter the name of the paper size you want to register and specify the Width and Height of the paper for Paper Size Select User Defined or your model for Non Printable Area and enter the margins 3 Registering the custom paper size Click OK The custom size is registered Important e If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width values use the application software to set the values If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly perform the above procedure from the printer driver to set the values DJ Note e To duplicate the registered paper size select the paper size that you want to duplicate from the Custom Paper Sizes list and click Duplicate To delete a registered paper size select the paper size that you want to delete from the Custom Paper Sizes list and click e If the paper settings on the print dialog differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for 325 Printing For details about the cassette pap
156. applied properly e Correction may not be applied properly depending on the item If the page background is not white shadows may not be detected correctly or may not be detected at all e While scanning press down on the spine with the same amount of pressure you used to preview the scan If the binding part is not even correction will not be applied properly FO ZX 496 e How to place the item depends on your model and the item to be scanned Unsharp Mask Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Descreen Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned D Important e When enabling Descreen disable Unsharp Mask If Unsharp Mask is enabled some moire effects may remain Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Descreen Reduce Show through Use this function to reduce show through in duplex documents or lighten the base color in recycled paper and other colored paper when scanning documents Important e Reduce Show through is effective only when Document or Magazine is selected for Image Adjustment Calibrate before each scan Calibrates the scanner every time before trial scanning and scanning to reproduce correct color tones in scanned images J Note e Calibration may take time depend
157. art Scanning Image 1 Scans the first item i ee ny xala 2B a r Select Output Size A3 A4 x 2 e Scan Direction Scan from Left Scan Image 1 Z Cancel Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Scans the second item a ee ee ar EE e ieden EES xal 2 e o r soea ouput size A3 A4 x 2 g e Scan Direction Scan from Left Q Z Cancel Adjust cropping frames You can adjust the scan area in preview If no area is specified the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be saved If an area is specified only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and saved Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Save Save Saves the two scanned images as one image 490 Cancel Cancels Stitch scan 2 Toolbar You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images x Delete Deletes the scanned image Enlarge Reduce Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image Left clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image Control clicking the Preview area reduces the displayed image R zaf Rotate Left Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter clockwise F3 za Invert Vertically Rotates the preview image 180 degrees 4 za Rotate Right Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise Open Guide Opens this page 3 Thumbnail View Area Displays the thu
158. art where ink is preserved and B the sponge with absorbed ink A B When the ink A runs out the ink lamp flashes slowly to indicate that the ink is running low Then when the ink B runs out the ink lamp flashes fast to indicate that the ink tank needs to be replaced with a new one 286 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 287 Key Points to Successful Printing Check the machine status before printing e Is the print head OK If a print head nozzle is clogged print will be faint and papers will be wasted Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head Maintenance Procedure Is the inside of the machine smeared with ink After printing large quantities of paper or performing borderless printing the area where papers go through may get smeared with ink Clean the inside of your machine with Bottom Plate Cleaning Check how to load the paper correctly Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation To load paper in the cassette load paper WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN Loading Paper e Is the paper curled The curled paper causes paper jam Flatten the curled paper then reload it Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 288 Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Before printing make paper settings in the operation panel or the computer screen There are various types of paper
159. at the key ID to use and the authentication method must match among the machine the access point and the computer Normally select Auto for the authentication method If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point How to Set an Encryption Key When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Machine After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point If the machine cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the machine was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point matches that set to the machine Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point 532 Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication gt The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN 533 Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication If the machine could not be detected on the network when setting up the network communication confirm the network settings before redetecting the machine Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 D gt Note e You can set up the network communication via USB To set up via USB select the Set up the network connection via USB check box on the Check Printer Settings screen and click Next 5
160. ation software Canon Color Matching cannot be selected because ColorSync is selected automatically The Quality amp Media setting is necessary even when ColorSync or Canon Color Matching is selected Related Topics Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver 330 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver Interpreting the ICC Profile Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data When people print images taken with digital cameras they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones you must select a printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose Color Management Devices such as digital cameras scanners monitors and printers handle color differently Color management color matching is a method that manages device dependent colors as a common color space For Mac OS a color management system called ColorSync is built into the operating system Adobe RGB and sRGB are popularly used as common color spaces Adobe RGB has a wider color space than sRGB ICC profiles convert device dependent colors into a common color space By using an ICC profile and carrying out co
161. ation Method The method that an access point uses to authenticate a printer through a wireless LAN The methods are agreeable each other When using WEP as an encryption method the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key For WPA WPA2 authentication method is PSK Auto The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the access point gt Open System In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated without using WEP key even if Use Password WEP is selected Shared Key In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated using the WEP key that was set for encryption Bonjour A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network automatically Channel Frequency channel for wireless communication In the infrastructure mode the channel is automatically adjusted to match that set to the access point This machine supports channels 1 to 13 Channels 12 and 13 are not supported depending on the country or region of purchase Note that the number of channels that can be used for your wireless LAN varies depending on the region or country DHCP server functionality The router or the access point assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a network starts up DNS server A server that converts device names into IP addresses When specifying IP add
162. authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the access point Normally select Auto If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point 7 Click OK J Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer 264 Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings The example screenshots in this section refer to the WPA detailed settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USB appearing in the Connected to column 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Wireless LAN button 5 Select Use WPA WPA2 in Encryption Method and click Configuration 6 Enter the passphrase then click OK WPA WPA2 Details Passphrase 1 Dynarnic Encryption Type A
163. ave in D Pictures 5 Attach to E maz I Document Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard A Create a PDF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden Send to an application 45 Preview Send to a folder None _ Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults eo Note e Refer to the following for details 522 Settings Save to PC Auto Dialog Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Settings Save to PC Document Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog 4 Set Scan Options eoo Settings Save to PC Auto pealii Paper Size Resolution ge Save 1 PC Photo c Image Processing Settings c 2 swawre Cecument Save Settings im E Attach to E mas Photo File Name IMG X Save in Pictures Zi Attach to E maa CL Document Data Format Auto gt JPEG Image Quality Standard a POF Compression Standard n Create a PDF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden A _ Send to an application 46 Preview _ Send to a folder None _ Do n
164. blem is not resolved contact the service center 664 5100 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the machine Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the machine again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 33 Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged 665 5200 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 666 5400 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 667 5B00 Cause Printer error has occurred A
165. c c0ciecbsacancccetdedeebecdbias 100 Checking Printer Information ce ee et ee awe at etwas ES iri Ose eee eeu xe 105 Online Storage Integration Function 2 c eneresacc ic cdeazancbachivaneae ed eons 107 How to Use Printirom El 2 esses ed sice ese bueheretedcestcendddedeeeebsin 108 Presanng te Use Print FOM EMA ardaig a a a a a bo eon ede dee 112 TIMEZONE LiSty is it Gh ab oho eed code ECE Rete R EGE TERRE E a a A E REE 115 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions 116 CU ee a i a ee ee ee 117 Overview of the Machine naaaa anaana eea 118 Saby GUNE ita cc kk ree S EEEE E E E a a oe ed 119 safety PrecaullOonS 0s ccaxie eee e ev et rir Oraa EEE EAA a O 120 Regulatory and Safety Information i 004 2i0040 0404 ded oSeds aa ead bd O de meee 121 Main Components and Basic Operations n on anaana aeaea 125 Man Componeerde ia a aa hope a a a aa a a a 126 Front VIEW sro norisa daina bedded epe TEPEE pae R a ee eee e 127 Rigel Oee eE EEEE E be kaa aaa E EE KEANE ENRE 129 neide VEW Gane tee eee eee aiarra aa a rae a ae whe ae 130 ST MHD Panel cen oct Se din cae alah GB Sh arta rede hc wag deh ote ed be at Galak dais ean doko 131 About the Power Supply of the Machine 00000 c cece eee 133 Confirming that the Power Is On te Sak at ee Reba etea ewes ae ee aaa 134 Turning the Machine On and Off eee ere er pikad iil RG ATTE EEEL TATTY 135 Notice for the Power Plug Powe
166. can be printed normally on the printer If you still cannot print see the troubleshooting page for your model on the Home of the Online Manual Note e With a wireless LAN connection after the printer is turned on it may take several minutes before communication is possible Check that your printer is connected to the wireless network and wait a while before you start printing e If the printer is not turned on or is not connected to the Internet and consequently a print job is not processed within 24 hours after it was submitted the print job is automatically canceled If this happens check the printer power and the Internet connection and then re submit the print job 56 Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Adding a Printer Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 57 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device and checking the print status print error and ink status of the printer You can also print app photos and documents from your smartphone or tablet First check the following content Precauti
167. can register the names of people and events to photos You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar event and person This also allows you to find the target photos easily when you search for them later on lt Calendar View gt lt People View gt Display Recommended Items in Slide Shows Based on the information registered to photos Quick Menu automatically selects the photos on your computer and creates recommended items such as collages and cards The created items appear in slide shows 6 If there is an item you like you can easily print it in just two steps 1 In Image Display of Quick Menu select the item you want to print 2 Print the item with My Image Garden 25 Place Photos Automatically Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the theme eh W G E m l Pes Other Various Functions My Image Garden has many other useful functions Refer to What You Can Do with My Image Garden for details 26 Download a Variety of Content Materials CREATIVE PARK A printing materials site where you can download all the printing materials for free Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling paper parts are provided It is easily accessible from Quick Menu CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM A service where customers using models that sup
168. ccess point connected to your computer and that connected to the machine the same You can confirm the SSID of the access point connected to the machine on the LCD Select Setup on the HOME screen then select Device settings gt LAN settings gt Confirm LAN settings gt WLAN setting list WLAN setting list Connection Active SSID RAF bs A wary 1 ware Communication mode Infrastructure From your computer you can confirm the SSID of the access point connected to your computer Confirm the SSID from the AirMac icon of the menu bar Note If the SSID of the access point is not displayed on your computer check the settings of your computer If the SSIDs are different Click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning When you try to set up specify the same SSID of the access point for the machine and your computer If the SSIDs are the same Go to check 5 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 538 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 Does the firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer interfere with setting up the network communication The firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communications between the machine and your computer Confirm the setting of firewall function of your security software or operat
169. cecceeewe eden seeewedeeueeeades 289 Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper 0 0000 cece ue eens 290 Canceling a Pant JOD cs 22044 e466 soosis PU Hee ee bdo UOEA CAE EE SE EES Ce EU Red Oe REO Res 291 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality lt 2052224s 28a4eoe 4o0aie seeses J8058 ese0R540 292 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine ished ELETA COLTE PENE F TETEE ETTE sirap 299 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images 294 GpecMCAUONS 66st ccc icanepok ete dadedad ca AE E GE aE 295 About the Administrator Password 050 525 e cece eee eee 299 PEM enee e Peewee Piao ead hoe ee eae eaters AE 300 Printing from a Compu ter 2 lt sccctsecane soscedecoadaddh de ser cseeeessusaass 301 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver 00005 302 Printing with Easy Setup faba TUONE PETEERE E T rere pad es ah ga 909 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type 307 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size Cee ee eae 308 Various Printing Methods 525445 s60 edee eiho0aie dhesey b8NRE ES6 ORS SAG Sso Vela es 309 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order TOTT TEI Abedeenedes ae Setting the Stapling MAIN 4456 9 eh Re ehaaOee dd HseOEEN GS EEE HM HESS EAS 312 Execute Borderless Printing TERTE rey TE
170. ct you cannot obtain a proper print result If you are printing a photograph or an illustration incorrect paper type settings may reduce the quality of the printout color Also if you print with an incorrect paper type setting the printed surface may be scratched In borderless printing uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and the loaded paper The method of confirming the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you do with your machine To copy by operating the machine Confirm by using the operation panel on the machine Setting Items for Copying To copy photo by operating the machine Confirm by using the operation panel on the machine Copying Photos To print from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Confirm by using your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device compliant device About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings Confirm by using the operation panel on the machine PictBridge print settings To print from a computer Confirm by using the printer driver Printing with Easy Setup Make sure that the appropriate print quality is selected referring to the table in Check 1 Select a print quality option suitable for the paper and image for printing If you notice blurs or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again Note e When printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device set th
171. ction 6 Red EyeCorrection Select ON to correct red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography Depending on the type of the photo red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may be corrected 231 Language selection Changes the language for messages and menus on the LCD 232 Firmware update You can update the firmware of the machine check the firmware version or perform settings of a notification screen a DNS server and a proxy server Note e Only Check current version is available when Disable LAN is selected for Change LAN in LAN settings Install update Performs the firmware update of the machine If you select Yes the firmware update starts Follow the on screen instructions to perform update Important e When you use this function make sure that the machine is connected to the Internet Note If the firmware update is not complete check the following and take an appropriate action e Check the network settings such as an access point or a router If Cannot connect to the server is displayed on the LCD press the OK button then try again after a while e Check current version You can check the current firmware version e Update notification setting When ON is selected and the firmware update is available the screen to inform you of the firmware update is displayed on the LCD DNS server setup Performs settings fora DNS server Select Auto setup or
172. ction Contact the service center 668 5B01 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 669 5B12 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 670 5B13 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 671 5B14 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 672 5B15 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 673 6000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 674 6500 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 675 6502 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 676 6800 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the
173. ction status and wireless communication status In the access point mode this item is grayed out and you cannot confirm the printer connection status Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers to the latest information Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN e If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then select Refresh e If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer 3 Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer DJ Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default 257 Set up printer s wireless LAN You can change the access point mode settings Perform settings following the message on the screen If you change the Encryption Method setting and t
174. ctions and Color Adjustments You can correct images and adjust colors using the scanner driver gt Important e When image correction or color adjustment is applied to items without moire dust scratches or faded colors the color tone may be adversely affected e Image correction results are not reflected in the trial scan screen Note e Screens may vary depending on the application e Selectable settings depend on Kind settings e Scanning may take longer than usual when image correction or color adjustment is applied e090 Kind EJ Cotor Resolution 300 dpi Use Custom Size Sze 8 49 11 68 inches Rotation Angle 0 Auto selection Detect Separate Items Image Correction None image Adjustment Reduce Dust Fading Correction Grain Correction None Gutter Correction None _ Unsharp Mask Cescreen Reduce Show through Ca brate before each scan Overview Scan Image Adjustment When Image Adjustment is set the brightness of the specified portion of the image is optimized Images can be adjusted according to the automatically detected item type or the specified item type The result of the adjustment will be reflected in the entire image None Image Adjustment will not be applied Auto Applies Image Adjustment by automatically detecting the item type It is recommended that you normally select this setting Photo Applies Image Adjustment suitable for photos Magazine App
175. ctual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the software 283 Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems you should set a network key WEP or WPA WPA2 to the access point to encrypt wireless transmission Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi Fi standard cannot be guaranteed Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance such as printing speed 284 Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine 285 Useful Information about Ink How is ink used for various purposes other than printing Ink may be used for purposes other than printing When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks the printer consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head with ink For this reason the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the succeeding ink tanks The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the fir
176. cument of too many pages to add the copying job Cannot add more copy jobs Please wait a while and redo the operation may appear on the LCD Press the OK button and wait a while then try copying again If Failed to reserve the copy job Start over from the beginning appears on the LCD when scanning press the OK button then press the Stop button to cancel copying After that copy the documents that have not been finished copying 389 Displaying the Preview Screen When you load the original on the platen glass and select Standard copy or Frame erase copy in Advanced print pressing a Function button allows you to preview an image of the printout on the preview screen When Standard copy is selected press the left Function button on the Copy standby screen When Frame erase copy is selected press the right Function button on the print settings screen Important In the following conditions you cannot use the left Function button when the Copy standby screen is displayed e 2 sided is selected for 2 sidedPrintSetting 2 on 1 copy or 4 on 1 copy is selected for Layout When either of the conditions above is selected you can set to display the preview screen after scanning the original is finished Two Sided Copying Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page The original will be scanned to display the preview image Therefore do not open the docum
177. d the Online Manual 33 Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs This screen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at History You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete 83 Status Est History Updated date Mar 3 2014 4 56 AM Status Date of issue Details Canceled Mar 3 2014 4 20 AM Print CANON iMAGE G i Mar 3 2014 4 19 AM aS Print CANON IMAGE G Mar 3 2014 2 17 AM INVITE 5 Notices area This displays the latest notice Nothing is displayed in this area if there is no notice When you select Notice list you can display up to 40 items 6 Information area This display other information including the privacy statement and other companies licensing information 7 Global navigation area The User information Instructions and Log out buttons are displayed Press the User information to change the settings amta Mng primier Manage users Userinformaion imstuctons Logout User information E mail address Password User Name Change Time zone UTC 09 00 Tokyo Change Security code Change Language Eng sh Unsubscribe from this service Perform unsubscription Unsubscribe 8
178. d the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear gt Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Slow Scanning Speed There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Scanned Image Does Not Open 578 Scanner Does Not Work Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer Restart the computer 579 Scanner Driver Does Not Start eet Make sure that the scanner driver is installed If not installed install the scanner driver from the web page GPA Select your scanner or printer on the application s menu D Note e The operation may differ depending on the application Make sure that the application supports the ICA Image Capture Architecture driver You cannot start the scanner driver from applications not supporting the ICA driver Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your application 580 Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear ete Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Turn off your scanner or printer then reconnect the USB cable and replug the power cord Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub rem
179. dd from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the f
180. de Details Cancel Print 2 Select color correction Select ColorSync You can leave Profile set to Automatic Important e If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic or Printing Paper ICC Profile the printer will not be able to print with the correct colors 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Important e You cannot specify an input ICC profile from the printer driver Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 336 Interpreting the ICC Profile When you need to specify the printer profile select the ICC profile for the paper to print on The ICC profiles installed for this printer appear as follows Canon XXXXX PR 1 a st 1 2 3 e 1 is the model name of the printer e 2 is the media type This notation corresponds to the following media type GL Photo Paper Plus Glossy II o PT Photo Paper Pro Platinum e SG LU Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss Photo Paper Pro Luster o MP Matte Photo Paper e 3 is the print quality The print quality is divided into 5 levels ranging from high speed to high quality As the number decreases the print quality becomes higher This value corresponds to the Quality slide bar that is displayed when you selec
181. dicated on Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices The error messages and operations may vary depending on the device you are using For errors on non Canon PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices check the Support Code error number on the LCD and take the appropriate action to clear the error Support Code List e For the errors indicated on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and their solution also refer to the instruction manual of the device For other troubles on the device contact the manufacturer Error Message on the PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device Aston Printer in use If the machine is printing from the computer or warming up wait until the job ends When it is ready the machine starts printing automatically If the machine is not printing from the computer or warming up check the Support Code on the LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt Support Code List No paper Load paper and select Continue in the display on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device To resume printing you can also press the OK button on the machine instead of selecting Continue on the device Paper Error If the paper output tray is closed open it The machine resumes printing If the paper output tray is not closed check the Support Code on the LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt Support Code List Paper jam
182. distributed as part of the Derivative Works within the Source form or documentation if provided along with the Derivative Works or within a display generated by the Derivative Works if and wherever such third party notices normally appear The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use reproduction or distribution of Your modifications or for any such Derivative Works as a whole provided Your use reproduction and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License Submission of Contributions Unless You explicitly state otherwise any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License without any additional terms or conditions Notwithstanding the above nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions Trademarks This License does not grant permission to use the trade names trademark
183. dobe RGB and Adobe RGB 1998 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Photo Rag is a trademark of Hahnemthle FineArt GmbH Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Canon Inc Note The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Copyright c 2003 2004 Apple Computer Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of Apple Computer Inc Apple nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY
184. e Deleting Cropping Frames To delete the cropping frame deselect the Adjust cropping frames checkbox 504 Resolution The data in the image you have scanned is a collection of dots carrying information about brightness and color The density of these dots is called resolution and resolution will determine the amount of detail your image contains The unit of resolution is dots per inch dpi Dpi is the number of dots per inch 2 5 cm The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image the lower the resolution value the less detail FF How to Set the Resolution D You can set the resolution in Resolution on the Ls Scanning from a Computer tab of the Settings dialog Appropriate Resolution Settings Set the resolution according to the use of the scanned image Appropriate Item T Color Mod Copvi alte Color 300 dpi Printing Creating a postcard 300 dpi Color photo Saving to a computer 300 dpi Using on a website or attachin isis nI Color 150 dpi to e mail Saving to a computer 300 dpi Black and white photo Using ona website or attaching 150 dpi to e mail Black and White Text document document or Calo erayecciacor magazine Attaching to e mail 150 dpi Scanning text using OCR Color or Grayscale 300 dpi e If you double the resolution the data size of the scanned image quadruples If the file is too large the processing speed will slow down significantly and you will experience
185. e Select the paper size when printing directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device When you perform PictBridge Wireless LAN settings from the machine set Paper size to Default on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device 2 Type Media type Select the media type when printing directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device When you perform PictBridge Wireless LAN settings from the machine set Paper type to Default on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device 3 Print qlty Print quality Select the print quality when printing directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device 4 Border Bordered Borderless print Select the bordered borderless layout When you perform PictBridge Wireless LAN settings from the machine set Layout to Default on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device 5 Photo fix When Auto photo fix is selected the scene or person s face of a shot photo is recognized and the most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter to print It also analyzes a scene such as scenery night scene person etc and corrects each scene with the most suitable color brightness or contrasts automatically to print Note e As a default photos on a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device are printed with auto correction applied 230 e If No correction is selected photos are printed without corre
186. e cassette paper information registered to the machine are different e To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings e To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode 386 Copying oe __ ee j oe a A eo pes w es Making Copies YBasic Reducing or Enlarging a Copy ee y es Ws Fams Two Sided Copying About Special Copy Menu Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Page 387 Making Copies This section describes the procedure to copy with Standard copy 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Select a Copy on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Copy standby screen is displayed 4 Load the original on the platen glass 5 Specify the settings as necessary Standard copy 1 3 Ad i B 100 0 EUNE A m Preview _ Gineaurs 3 1 Number of copies Specify by using the or button 2 Print settings By pressing the right Function button the print settings screen is displayed On the print settings screen you can change the settings of page size media type and print quality and so on Setting Items for Copying 3 Preview By pressing the left Function button you can preview an image of the printout on the preview screen Displaying the Preview Screen 6 Press the Color butt
187. e front cover is aligned with the arrow 44 on the machine After pushing the cassette back the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD 7 Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the cassette at Page size and Type then press the OK button If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration Paper setting for Printing Register cassette paper info Page size lt A4 Type Plain paper OK Register 3 Open the paper output tray 1 Extend the paper support F then open the output tray extension G 2 Open the paper output tray H gently then extend the paper output support I 146 3 Important e Be sure to open the paper output tray when printing If not open the machine cannot start printing Note e When printing select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation panel or printer driver 147 Loading Envelopes You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope s direction by specifying with the printer driver properly gt Important e Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a digital camera is not supported Do not use the following envelopes They could jam in the machine or cause the machine to malfunction Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface e Envelope
188. e Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services On the printer s Home screen select il Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning 92 If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac If you are using iOS or Mac and the password contains the symbol enter a backslash instead For instructions on entering a backslash see the OS help 93 Printing with Google Cloud Print The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc By using Google Cloud Print you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print 1 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print 2 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 33 Important e LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply e This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in 94 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print To print with Google Cloud Print you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud
189. e Evernote server The uploaded images can be browsed from other computers smartphones etc To use Evernote you need to create an account See the CREATE ACCOUNT page of Evernote for account creation Settings In the Settings Dialog of IJ Scan Utility select the item you want to set then select Evernote for Send to an application in Application Settings Refer to Settings Dialog for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details gt Important e The Evernote service features are subject to change or termination without prior notice 107 How to Use Print from E mail By using Print from E mail you can easily print a photo or document saved on your smartphone tablet or computer just by attaching it to an e mail You can print simply from outside like a travel destination Also your family or friends can print by registering beforehand You can use Print from E mail on any Canon printer that supports the service 3xxonp 0 i 00m M Checking Your Environment First check your environment e Network environment This product needs to be connected to a LAN with an Internet connection gt Important e The user will bear the cost of Internet access e This function may not be available in some countries regions Depending on your printer model this function may not be available Preparing to use Print from E mail To use Print from E mail you need to register the printer by entering info
190. e Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Attach to E mail Document dialog In the Settings Attach to E mail Document dialog you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e mail as documents after scanning them from the operation panel e0o0 Settings Attach to E mail Document Le p if cS Save t9 PC Auta Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting m LJ Save to PC Photo Resolution Use Device Setting e Image Processing Settings c 1 Save 10 PC Document Save Settings m E Attach to E maa Photo File Name IMG Save in E Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting JPEG Image Quality Standard wv Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings E mail Client None Attach Manually Instructions Defaults 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability 3 Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this fu
191. e cassette After pushing the cassette back the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Register cassette paper info Page size lt A4 Type Plain paper OK Register Cancel If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Open the paper output tray gently 4 Print the print head alignment sheet 1 Select Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Select E3 Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 3 Select Auto head alignment then press the OK button 192 Maintenance Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deen cleaning Auto head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning Bottom plate cleaning The confirmation screen will appear 4 Select Yes then press the OK button The print head alignment sheet will be printed mH tH MI I tL mn HW HW HW DD Important Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet If the sheet is stained or wrinkled it may not be scanned properly 5 When the message Did the patterns print correctly appears confirm that the pattern is printed correctly select Yes then press the OK button 5 Scan the print head alignment sheet to adjust the print head position
192. e display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs Manage jobs This screen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at History You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete If you are using a PC n Mng print e Manage users 7 User information instructions Log cut Series 3 Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Properties Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive Latest not There are no new notices pa Notice list Notices 5 Mng printer Select printer button Manage users button Printer name area Menu area 78 5 6 7 8 Notices area Information area Global navigation area Display area YS wes Da DVD 1 Mng printer Select printer button When you select the Mng printer Select printer button the Mng printer Select printer screen appears e Mar 4 2014 4 44 AM Copy apps a Copy apps eS 5 Add printer From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center change printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps Check the printer information series Copy apps The registered printer n
193. e eee 652 Ty 4 4 94 a oh eh 4 ee Be a 9 ee ea 653 40 ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee es ee 654 ia SS ee es ee E See eee eee re ere re eee eee ere ee ee ee re ee ee 657 of eee eee ee ee ee ee eee eee ere ree Sere ee eee ee eee ee ee 658 2900 ee ee Se ee ee ee eee er eee ees ee ee 659 oS ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 660 POD 2 aii 9h aa hea 24 9 a a ee Borie a eh gue db oo oe RE 661 AlO cidade 6546 565 C84 ee RA RGR GS EEAEEDO REPRE R SOCCER SESE REL EHS 662 Sy y eee E E E eee E eee ee ee ee ee eS eee E EE re ee 663 Plt 226 Gatnepesibsat causes iengacteshesaseses E A E E A E E E 664 oa ee ee ee re e ee ee re 665 Pies oe oe Oe ete hes E E E Ah eke eese as eee ete eee gees EES 666 PU wtlitaseseeeieieisosih cuss gadessieseusceeseuteneneeiseaessates 667 DOCU 66 ht yee hd HORDES E OE HS HERDREEK YE AORES an HEE be ERR ORS es eS S 668 DE EEE E E E PE og hes See eee eee ee eee E E se ea ees E ETA 669 PEt cease teneettandese sees cast eeeteanesieebieteoete cede onde eeins 670 5 Se ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee E eee 671 aled e E E he ee ee E E E E A EANA EETAS S ETS ee 672 e e E e E bias T T E E E A E A E T E E E E A E E 673 GOO ee ee reee ee ee er ee ee ee eee 674 Boe er eee er eee ies oi i mete oo ee Ee ote ee re ae ot as ey emes 675 OUA 22s Gaknestetetct greta usedgagseecososasess Soeteneheteesasssaee es 676 OOO ee ee ere ee ee ere eee eee ee ee ee eee 677 Pleo 1 545 Gad ened bowed Sos EE tn 4 ee RR saad ee eee eetas t he 680 Ce ct ctenetae
194. e eee eee eds 628 DOM Gestetner ried Gia sasnshet cd ee cceeebeseseses hh aagoleeeesueseesee 629 TOTU 265 256s 668e abasic eee nenseace senses ece ce bese a a ia 630 eee eee cee err ee een ee er ee eee Ce ee eer ee E ee eee eee a ee a 631 Wo ci5 Gesneeaeteleseosebeeedg ee aredesecaueiess en tenonseeGscsesneeee 632 PE 625 steed olde baat e etek de ake baie sete ce Gesu eEeeetasereetee 633 fe EE eens aroha ee Tere ee eee ee ee eee rar ese ee eee E esc ee ee 634 Ml logit atehne test eea te cnehehogegadedosesacecen tesheqavnseeesaeenartes 635 WEES Sho sca ck E EE E Gasset eeu sed he AE E E cere tees Ose eeeeeseseesee 636 EE ie on ee ae ae Oe he ee ee ee eee a es 637 i eet ee eee ee Cre Tee eee ST eee eee ee eee eee Te ee ee 638 TODD 2 2 oteds dakad bhasamts et eebdeaen bento rece tebe suse besisnewceden 639 We hee EE Cae Ae heels ee Gk eke ett a4 one ee ee kee ea ee 640 Lo ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee es eee ee eee 641 i Se eee ee ee ee ee Ser re eee eee re re es eer ee eee 644 3 re ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee oe Te ree ee 645 Orr oh te oe eee de see ee hee ee de nese eee eee S AT TEE 646 hed hi 0 e rE 4 9 8 ee BP 9 99 a oe eo 8 5 647 OF Ae chee E A E ectegane ee E E LA sel sdeokeseueceuese tesa EEEE T 648 G0 ie ck estes eee ee E L ese tee ET T EEE EE 649 OF Wir 5 46 949 644000 853 4094 19 9458 4 U9 E40 9 48 a oe 8s eH 650 hs eee es ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee Ley ee ee ee ee ee eee 651 ig ee eee ee E eee ee ee ee ee ee ETE ee e
195. e error message displayed on the LCD A Message Is Displayed Note e You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 179 Maintenance gt When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Machine 180 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Maintenance Procedure gt Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Aligning the Print Head 181 Maintenance Procedure If print results are blurred colors are not printed correctly or print results are unsatisfactory e g misaligned printed ruled lines perform the maintenance procedure below 33 Important Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank This can cause trouble with the print head and ink tank Note e Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank Open the operation panel and make sure that the lamp on the ink tank is lit If the lamp is flashing or off take appropriate action Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps e Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven Print the nozzle check pattern From the machi
196. e following description names of setting items are given according to those used in Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices Setting item names may be different depending on the brand or model of your device e Some setting items explained below may not be available on some devices In this case the settings made on the machine are applied Also when some items are set to Default on a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device the machine settings for these items are applied PictBridge print settings The following settings can be used when printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 5 x 7 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm A4 8 5 x 11 Letter Can be selected only on certain Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices May not be selected depending on the device Paper type Default Selections based on the machine setting Photo Photo Paper Plus Glossy I PP 201 Photo Stickers When printing on sticker paper select 4 x6 10x15cm in Paper size Do not set Layout to Borderless Fast Photo Photo Paper Pro Platinum PT 101 Plain A4 Letter sized plain paper When Paper type is set to Plain borderless printing will be disabled even when Layout is set to Borderless Layout Default Selections based on the machine setting Index Bordered Borderless N up 2 4 9 16 1 20 up 2 35 up 3 1 Layout compatible with A4 or Letter sized paper and Canon bra
197. e in D Pictures E Over Data Format JPEG Exif File Name JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden Send to an application 48 Preview Send to a folder None Attach to mail None Attach Manually Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults ox _ 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 33 Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Photo is selected Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK 450 Width inches 1 00 8 50 Height 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 Unit inches Cancel Defaults D gt Note e Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Important e When Co
198. e jobs log out of an app show the license agreement and privacy statement and set the time zone Manage jobs Settings Legal information Log out of all apps 54 Manage jobs From the Status list window you can check the status of a job Settings Select this to set the Time zone Select your region on the list For some regions you can set whether or not to apply the daylight saving time setting Important e If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Legal information This shows the License agreement and Privacy statement Press the Start button to print the displayed information Log out of all apps You can log out at the same time from all apps that you are logged into Note e Some apps may not allow you to log out when you are logged on If you want to log in with a different account you need to use this function to log out first e Once you log out you need to log in again You may lose the settings with some apps 55 Cloud Troubleshooting If you cannot print Check the following if you cannot print e Check that the printer is connected to the Internet e Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet e Check that no error message is displayed on the printer s LCD monitor If the problem is not resolved use the printer driver from your computer to perform the print job and check whether the data
199. e may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings When you replace an access point perform network setup of the machine again Perform network setup again according to the instructions on our website If the problem is not resolved see below Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Machine After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point Confirm the access point setting Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to confirm the access point setting Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other under this setting If you are performing MAC address filtering or IP address filtering at the access point confirm that the MAC address or IP address for both the computer or the network device and the machine are registered If you are using a WEP or WPA WPAZ key make sure that the encryption key for the computer or the network device and the machine matches that set to the access point Besides the WEP key itself the key length key form
200. e page size to be used is as follows 1 Check the paper size Check that the Paper Size in the Print Dialog is the same as the paper size that you set in the application software 2 Select Paper Handling from the pop up menu Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies E Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter gt 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation GF f gt Paper Handling M Collate pages Pages to Print AJl pages Page Order Automatic Scale to fit paper size Destination Paper Size Suggested Paper US Letter 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Set the print paper size Check the Scale to fit paper size check box Then from the Destination Paper Size pop up menu select the paper size that is actually loaded in the printer 4 If necessary check the Scale down only check box When you check this check box the document will be reduced to fit to the paper size when the document size is larger than the page size The document will be printed in the original size when the document size is smaller than the page size 5 Complete the setup 316 Click Print When you execute print the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size 317 Scaled Printing Festival Ar Come and join uc The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows 1 Select the printer In the P
201. e paper If necessary adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper and moving the slider to the left decreases the amount It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases 313 Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies i Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter borderless 8 50 by 1 00 inches Orientation 1 i T Borderless Printing 4 7 loft gt gt POF Hide Details Cancel Print Important When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position the back side of the paper may become smudged 4 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the data is printed without any margins on the paper Important Borderless printing only supports specific paper sizes Make sure to select a paper size with the wording borderless from the Paper Size When borderless printing is enabled Envelope High Resolution Paper and T Shirt Transfers appear grayed out and are unavailable in Media Type list of Quality amp Media of the pop up menu in the Print dialog Print quality may deteriorate or the sheet may be stained at the top and bottom depending on the type of paper used When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data a portion of the image may not be prin
202. e print quality setting by using the operation panel on the machine You cannot make this setting from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device If the problem is not resolved there may be other causes See also the sections below Cannot Print to End of Job No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Lines Are Misaligned Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots 560 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Back of the Paper Is Smudged Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout Colors Are Uneven or Streaked 561 Cannot Print to End of Job Select the setting not to compress the printing data Is the space of your computer s hard disk sufficient Delete unnecessary files to free disk space 562 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks 563 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Check the status of ink tanks Replace the ink tank if the ink has run out Replacing an Ink Tank CSE Is the orange tape or protective film remaining Make sure that all of the protective film is peeled off and the Y shape air hole is exposed as illustrated in A If the orange tape is left as in B pull the orange tape and remove it A B
203. e the setup Click Print When you execute print the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order gt Important When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application software and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled 311 Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the margin width and the staple side is as follows 1 Select Margin from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG5600 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter amp 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation a T Margin 0 0 inches 0 1 2 Stapling Side Long side stapling Left 4 4 lofi gt gt gt Long side stapling Right Short side stapling Top Short side stapling Bottom 7 PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Set the margin width and the staple side If necessary set the Margin width and select a stapling position from the Stapling Side list Note The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on t
204. ead alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment 219 Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment Don t detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer When you print documents from your computer and the paper settings on the print dialog and the printer do not match this setting disables the message display and allows you to continue printing To disable detection of paper setting mismatches select this check box 3 Apply the settings Click Apply and when the confirmation message appears click OK The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter 220 Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD gt gt gt gt Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD Print settings LAN settings Device user settings PictBridge print settings Language selection Firmware update Cassette settings Reset setting About ECO settings About Quiet setting Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode 221 Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen taking the steps to specify Extended copy amount as an example 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on A 2 Select mM Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select ey Device settings
205. earch Save to a subfolder with current date Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden Send to an application 49 Preview Send to a folder None Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults ox _ _ 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 33 Important When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned e Scanning photos Photo e Scanning documents Document e Scanning magazines Magazine J Note To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine 461 Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available When Select Source is Photo Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image When Select Source is Magazine or Document Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens t
206. earching for Functions Enter your product s model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to load paper Enter your product s model name load paper in the search window and perform a search Troubleshooting Errors Enter your product s model name and a support code Example When the following error screen appears Enter your product s model name 1000 in the search window and perform a search 20 008 Canon series 1 Job Ww amp Lea Pause Settings Scanner ous Support Code 1000fNo paper Load the paper correctly and press the Start button on the printer ror D gt Note e The displayed screen varies depending on your product e Searching for Application Functions Enter your application s name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter My Image Garden collage in the search window and perform a search Searching for Reference Pages Enter your model name and a reference page title You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well Example When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning procedure page Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Enter your product s model name scan Color Settings Tab in the search window and perform a search
207. ece e saves desu eedebe viva eevee enee 432 IJ Scan Uully CSCS 50 003 34444405edoesa JR ate VAE ahead Se ee Rea See eo yaw es ean 435 IJ Scan Utility Main Stren ou ss ccteveeiavedod vad dane writen eeneeaveaaneead ax 436 Sege DilOG ciccsuddnpeavadardens due dndataiusetdatanstedscadsawece uted 438 Network Selection Screen she re Serer CTIE TT sakai o 484 Save ceting Dialog 6054 54 55510 24 199 85 59 BASS HES 4 NAA Da NA 486 Image Stitch Window EA hai ELTETE FAF TOTOE R Hwdane pe Oo Scanning wih Scanner DING 5 1 4 02484 65404404 e6 baa ea GG nad G oe aR wage oA OMe Ge eA 493 Image Corrections and Color Adjustments anasa 00 e eee eee 494 General Notes Scanner Diver ccs ot desttads tied eed bedded dade Kaede 498 Updating the Scanner Driver TITOR e ERS TETIT TRIEN TTET EITT TE 499 Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver sossar se stad Che Beene ea ad oe ae 500 Before Installing the Scanner Driver TERET ETE EEEE eee ee tee ee 501 Installing the Scanner Driver wociit iaeatashttadadtoau Kae Gaueia kkk Ben dada 502 Useful information on ScanninG lt 320 2 cdstccnddseeed deed teeta nei ewig owen ete ksee 503 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window 2 00 eee 504 RESQlUUGR cine ean ei dee Rate tee eaReia heed SHEE e a RUS ee ly i ESS hip ees 505 Da a FOM a css Ghat cts Bar heck tea ah hh ln Shwe dh ge EA Ed an eal Ea ore bw 507 Placing Items When Scanni
208. ecessary select one from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics whichever is most similar to the print results View Color Pattern Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment When you want to display the sample image with a color pattern check this check box When you want to display the sample image with one that you selected with Sample Type uncheck this check box Note e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked in the Quality amp Media the graphic is displayed in monochrome Color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow If necessary adjust the strength of each color To strengthen a color drag the slider to the right To weaken a color drag the slider to the left You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Adjusting the color balance will result in variations in the balance among the volumes of the individual color inks and hence in the hues of the document as a whole Use the printer driver only when adjusting the color balance slightly To change the color balance significantly use the application software 354 Brightness Select the brightness of printed images You cannot change the levels of pure white and black You can change the contrast of the colors between white and black Intensity Select this method to adjust the overall density of your print To increase the overall intensity drag the slider to the right To decrea
209. ecify the access point name and the security setting Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode 228 Device user settings e Date display format Changes the display format of dates when printed e Key repeat Enables Disables continuous input by pressing and holding down the 4 Y gt or button when setting the number of copies changing the photo displayed on the LCD setting the zoom ratio etc Device info sending setting Selects whether you will send the printer usage information to Canon server The information sent to Canon will be utilized to develop better products Select Agree to send the printer usage information to Canon server 229 PictBridge print settings You can change the print settings when printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Set the print settings to Default on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device when you want to print according to the settings on the machine To change print settings from the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device PictBridge print settings PictBridge print settings Type Plus Glossy Il Print qity Standard Border Borderless Photo fix Auto photo fix Red EyeCorrection lt OFF 6 Page size lt 4 x6 10x15cm Type Plus Glossy Il Print qity Standard Border Borderless Photo fix Auto photo fix a san OK End setup OK End setup 1 Page siz
210. ect Roller cleaning 1 Select Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Select Aa Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 3 Select Roller cleaning then press the OK button ETE les Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Print the head alianment value Roller cleaning Bottom plate cleaning The confirmation screen will appear 4 Select Yes then press the OK button 3 Clean the paper feed roller without paper 1 Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette 2 Press the OK button The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned 4 Clean the paper feed roller with paper 1 Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating then follow the message to load three or more sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette 206 2 Open the paper output tray gently 3 Press the OK button The machine starts cleaning The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected 4 When the completion message appears press the OK button If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller contact the service center 207 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Remove stains from the inside of the machine If the inside of the machine becomes dirty printed paper may get dirty so we recommend performing cleaning regularly
211. ected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USB appearing in the Connected to column 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Wireless LAN button 5 Select Use Password WEP in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WEP Details screen is displayed 6 Change the settings or confirm When changing the password WEP key the same change must be made to the password WEP key of the access point WEP Details Password WEP Key 1 Key Length 128 bit AUN 1 Password WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the access point The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format Key Length Key Format ASCII 13 characters 263 Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 2 Key Length Select either 64 bit or 128 bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the access point D gt Note e When the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN When the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN confirm the settings in Wireless Security of AirPort Utility Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for the key length in the AirPort Base Station e Select 1 for Key ID Otherwise your computer will not be able to communicate with the printer via the access point 5 Authentication Select the
212. ed USB connection Be sure to use a certified Hi Speed USB cable We recommend that the cable is no longer than around 10 feet 3 meters e Does the operating system of your computer support Hi Speed USB connection Obtain and install the latest update for your computer e Does the Hi Speed USB driver operate properly Obtain the latest version of the Hi Speed USB driver compatible with your hardware and reinstall it on your computer J Important e For details on Hi Speed USB of your system environment contact the manufacturer of your computer USB cable or USB hub 598 Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection Make sure that the machine is turned on Make sure that the USB cable is connected properly See Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable to connect the USB cable properly Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running 599 LCD Cannot Be Seen At All If the POWER lamp is off The machine is not powered on Connect the power cord and press the ON button If the POWER lamp is lit The LCD may be in the screen saver mode Press one of the buttons on the operation panel 600 An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD Select the language you want to be displayed according to the following procedure 1 Press the HOME button and wait for about 5 seconds JA 2 Select m Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operatio
213. ed information on the printable side 564 When copying see also the sections below Is the platen glass dirty Clean the platen glass Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Make sure that the original is properly loaded on the platen glass Loading Originals Is the original loaded with the side to be copied facing down on the platen glass Did you copy a printout done by this machine If you use a printout done by this machine as the original print quality may be reduced depending on the condition of the original Print from the machine directly or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it 565 Lines Are Misaligned D Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Perform Print Head Alignment If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Aligning the Print Head D gt Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Increase the print quality and try printing again Increasing the print quality on the operation panel of the machine or in the printer driver may improve the print result 566 Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Curls Did you confirm the paper and
214. edia type Plain paper e Cassette paper information registered to the machine Paper size A4 Media type Plain paper Print settings specified for printing or copying is displayed below the message Pr Support Code 2110 The size or type of the loaded paper is different from the print settings B5 Plain paper Cassette Select OK Action Pressing the machine s OK button the following screen is displayed on the LCD 654 Select what to do from the following gt Print with paper in cass settings Replace the paper and print Cancel Select what to do as necessary Note e Depending on the setting the choices below may not be displayed Print with paper in cass settings Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette without changing the paper settings For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 the machine starts printing or copying with B5 on the paper loaded in the cassette Replace the paper and print Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 you load B5 sized paper in the cassette before you start printing or copying The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting the casse
215. ee iastan AEAEE ETAR EEA EA 344 Overview of the Printer Drivel so lt caco ssrerididi strt tsi AES aT AERAR 346 Canon UL PAE DIV Sa cached agian cna wk ais in ede nama acted eb a ans agains soe 347 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 00000 00 e eee eee 348 Page Sep DI nich dh adea ses tks a hares Catia hae ahah Dich ee tae TA 349 PAHUDIGG ccccts20stseeed4es2 pean Peete geeres Es epee s 854 Feed Ree SRE 350 Culi CMGI 224 5 ieee de easteecanepancar edi cebedacadsacieorseabadageeed 352 Color Options 66 5 2554465682 406005 ATTY ee eee ee ee ree fre pkndieca cede SO Borderless PANIN o ejacs ga sages ee gd 2 G4 dR4ne 4S Sow SS SIGS Seance RHEL oewHs 356 Mar ko anaa fad cate pad epe nes eas aaa kaa eeeadnns aura aa hae ieeded E U E 357 Canon ld Printer UNY 5 4 464 44 4444444 464 4084 40 44 44404o4 a AAA 358 Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Mere TETTE TET CEET ATE een S60 Maintenance of this Printer t2s5 02444 50594 3044 48 34 de asseegaasatoases ra 361 Display the Printing Status Screen eee cae HEE eee re EEA SA go a 362 Deleting the Undesired Print Job cci000 4450s 44s eed eee ERE DH aS ooo RR EOS 364 instructions for Use Printer Driver ic te Geek ieee daton aaa a Shee eaaewsds 365 Updating the Printer DiWerc lt sc 00e6 we ohaqce Side es ae wOIWSGe Geepire Gauss BIAS seen 366 Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver gaara ENTEN EPA T casau BBY Delete the Unnecessa
216. eee ee ae i 225 Device veer soling suaina RH deh hee a a ceeds eR ds der a da ta Aedes ae 229 PVC RE RG ee pin OES ici pce daar wi aaa in ia ce ances eae a As A ocd ab tal 230 Language slelo erete oie Cod oi he eed Pe oe Ee ee ee hie GE Se A 232 PF UNGAR NPN gait 8 che Stace i heen pee ok ka eiaa a oda GU hod ia dd aata 233 Cassete SOUNGS nis cercavrtetned d EEPE EREE EAEE SAER eRe 234 Reset E e EAN EESTE dead EEEE T EEE EEE TN E OTTE ET EEEE E EE 235 About ECO settings AEAEE TEREPET TETT derino Geng eb Cee ee ree 236 ADOLE COE SUING a aN 55 cae R Ne OSG ws o RAM ABRE TIAL AES Shae Res S oer 238 Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode sane Riess esha ee ee Information about Network Connection 0 000 e eee eee 243 Useful Information about Network Connection baie ahha due wa weer TIPO Lipkedepadeaey A Default Values Set at Factory NeIWOrK 25 4 eureaiiriesencgret teirra atai taa eiaa apah 245 Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable lannan nananana anaana 246 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name nananana naana aana 247 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN 248 Printing Out Network Setting Information 2 0 5 uaaa aaaea 249 About Network Communication n e e asaan aaa 252 Changing and Confirming Network Settings auaa aana aaaea 253 I NEOVOK TOR arre ata a EDERRA er err TET EE AA ard Rte wearers 254 Gan
217. een appears 3 Select the unnecessary print job and click Obelete The selected print jobs will be deleted 364 Instructions for Use Printer Driver This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver Restrictions on the Printer Driver e e e e e e e e When you set up the Page Setup dialog be sure to begin by selecting the model you are using from the Format For list If you select another printer printing may not be performed properly If the Canon IJ Printer Utility does not display the remaining ink level in the Ink Level Information check whether the print head and the ink tank are properly installed When the Canon lJ Printer Utility displays the Ink Level Information close the operation panel of the printer The following functions cannot be used in Mac OS though they can be used in Windows computers o Duplex Printing manual Booklet Printing Tiling Poster Printing Depending on the application software that you are using a preview may not be displayed on the left side of the Print dialog Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running If you connect this printer and AirPort with a USB cable and print you must install the latest AirPort firmware If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 close the print status check window when you perform print
218. een instructions The printer usage information will be sent via the Internet If you have followed the on screen instructions the information will be sent automatically from the second time onward and the confirmation screen will not be displayed again Note e If you deselect the Send automatically from the next time check box the information will not be sent automatically from the second time onward and the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey If you do not agree to participate in the survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen will be closed and the survey at that time is skipped The confirmation screen will be displayed again one month later To stop sending the information Click Turn off The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is stopped and the information will not be sent To resume the survey see Changing the setting e To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 1 Stop the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Changing the setting 2 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder and double click the Canon Utilities folder then the Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder 609 3 Place the Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program app file into the Trash 4 Restart the computer Empty the Trash and restart your computer Changin
219. een may appear If it appears you do not need to input the password e If you cannot mount the card slot with the method above input the IP address of the machine instead of the current printer name and try again For example smb 192 168 1 1 canon_memory If you mount the card slot with the IP address you have to remount it whenever the machine s IP address changes Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network e You cannot write data to a memory card in the card slot over a network You can only read data from a memory card 275 e e The card slot can be shared by multiple computers if the machine is connected to a network Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time If your computer joins a domain the card slot may not be mounted as the network drive If you use the memory card stored the large size files or many files a large amount of card access may be generated In this case the operation in the memory card may be impossible or slow Operate after the Access lamp of the machine is lit When you access the network drive for the card slot over the network file names consisting of eight or less lowercase letters not including its extension may be shown in uppercase For example a file name such as abcdefg doc will be ABCDEFG DOC while a name such as AbcdeFG doc will appear the same The file is not actually renamed but merely appears to be changed Disable t
220. end to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in 459 DJ Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 460 Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Fn Click Scan and Stitch on the L Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog In the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog you can make advanced scan settings for scanning items larger than the platen e00 Settings Scan and Stitch els if Auto Scan Scan Options Select Source Document aa Document Scan Color Mode Col Resolution Photo Scan Image Processing Settings Custom Scan Save Settings File Name Save in SS ower Data Format PDF Multiple Pages PDF Compression Standard V Create a POF file that supports keyword s
221. ene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the machine as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine 204 Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover 33 Important e Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the machine as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine With a soft clean lint free and dry cloth wipe the platen glass A and the inner side of the document cover white sheet B gently Make sure not to leave any residue especially on the glass surface B gt Important e The inner side of the document cover white sheet B is easily damaged so wipe it gently 205 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it paper may not be fed properly In this case clean the paper feed roller Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller so perform this only when necessary You need to prepare three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Sel
222. ent cover until the preview screen is displayed Originals are rescanned after displaying the preview screen and before copying starts Therefore do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass while Scanning document is displayed Zoom 25 400 i Page size 7 UR IE 3 IOK Set magnification 1 Preview of the original The original that is set on the platen glass is displayed If the displayed image is skewed refer to Loading Originals and reset the original properly then display the preview screen again and preview the original Page size A frame showing the selected page size appears over the image The inside of the frame will be printed Magnification The magnification setting which was set when the preview screen was displayed is displayed If the setting other than Fit to page is selected you can change the magnification setting using the A button 390 Setting Items for Copying You can change the copy settings such as magnification and intensity Print Settings Screen Note e For details on the print setting screen or the setting item for Photo copy see Copying Photos How to display the print setting screen varies with the copy menu In Standard copy The following screen is displayed by pressing the right Function button on the Copy standby screen A Standard copy 1 Magnif 4 Same size Intensity 0 Page size A4 Type Plain pap
223. ents of 0 003 inches 0 1 mm between 0 1 inches 3 mm and 0 1 inches 3 mm centered on the horizontal center of the paper Important e For Letter sized or Legal sized paper you can adjust the left right margins between 0 05 inches 1 5 mm and 0 05 inches 1 5 mm even if you specify the value over 0 05 inches 1 5 mm 224 LAN settings e Change LAN Enables either wireless LAN or access point mode You can also disable wireless LAN or access point mode Wireless LAN setup Selects the setup method for wireless LAN connection Note e You can also enter this setting menu by selecting WLAN on the HOME screen In this case enable wireless LAN When this menu is selected the machine starts searching for a WPS compatible access point If the machine detects the access point follow the on screen instructions to set up wireless LAN If an access point is not detected or if you select another setup method select one of the setup methods below Standard setup Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually using the operation panel of the machine o WPS Push button method Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using an access point supporting a Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS push button method Follow the on screen instructions during setup Other setup Advanced setup Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually You can specify multiple WEP keys WPS PIN code method
224. enu area The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice 74 series Sort Latest notices User information Help legal notices Log out f Facebook Evernote Ss omn 6 Apps Con g Properties Manage jobs Sort Sort This displays the screen to sort registered apps You can use the EE buttons to change the display order of apps When you finish sorting press the Done button to confirm the order CANON iM 7 o t jee ne Facebook A v Cancel Latest notices Latest notices This displays the latest notices The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice User information This displays the User information screen You can change the registered e mail address password language time zone and other settings 75 ae Help legal notices Help legal notices The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed Log out This opens the Log out screen of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 4 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select series CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvNrive t Config Properties Manage jobs 5 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed Pi Apos Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area ar EELA Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display a
225. epending on the app The printing procedure differs depending on the app e You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand e The following file formats can be printed jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start D gt Note e You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jog and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in Country Region Japan User ID Password D Important e Some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area If this is the case scroll up down right and left to change the display area C Visible area e The Login screen may vary between apps e After logging in you may be asked from an external service to agree to use their app Agree if you are using the app 3 In the displayed album list select the album of your choice 50 Sample00 Sample01 a we Sample0 Menu 4 In the displayed image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next 5 Make the necessary print settings and then select Color A message that indicates the completion of issuing print job appears and printing starts Paper size Letter Media type Plu
226. er OK End setup Advanced In Borderless copy or Frame erase copy The following screen is displayed before copying El a Borderless copy Magnif 4 Same size Intensity 0 Page size A4 Type Plus Glossy Il OIKEE Advanced Setting Items You can specify the following setting items Use the Y button to change the setting item and use the A button to change the setting a Standard copy 1 A Standard copy 1 Magnif Same size Type Plain paper Intensity 0 Print qity Standard 5 Layout None 6 2 sidedPrintSetting 4 1 sided i 7 OK End setup Page size A4 Type Plain paper OK End setup AOUN Advanced 391 D Note Depending on the copy menu some setting items cannot be selected This section describes the setting items in Standard copy The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out For details on the setting items for Photo copy see Copying Photos Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item or the copy menu If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected Error details is displayed on the LCD In this case press the left Function button to confirm the message then change the setting The settings of the page size media type etc are retained even if the machine is turned off When copying starts in the copy menu that is not available with the specified setting The specified funct
227. er maintenance from the Canon lJ Printer Utility Notes on Adding a Printer e If you will be installing the Canon printer driver on Mac OS and using the printer through a network connection you can select Bonjour or Canon IJ Network in the Add Add Printer dialog Canon recommends you to use Canon IJ Network for printing If Bonjour is selected remaining ink level messages may differ from those indicated by Canon IJ Network 365 Updating the Printer Driver gt Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 366 Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver unresolved problems may be solved You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model Important e You can download the printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility Related Topics Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 367 Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List A Canon IJ Printer that you no longer use can be deleted from the printer list Before deleting the Canon IJ Printer disconnect the cable that connects the printer to the computer The procedure to delete the unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the printer list is a
228. er information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 326 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver gt Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver Interpreting the ICC Profile Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 327 Setting the Print Quality Level Custom The print quality level can be set in the Custom The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows 1 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog 2 Select the print quality Select Custom for Print Quality Printer Canon MG5600 series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 _ O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 850 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ta T Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette gt lt lt lofi gt gt Print Quality Custom Quality Oraft Grayscale Printing 2 POF
229. er will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide 452 Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 453 Settings Custom Scan Dialog Click Custom Scan on
230. erformance decreases for communications through walls or between different floors Adjust the locations to avoid such situations e Check that there are no sources of radio interference near the printer and the access point 270 The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference Try to keep the printer and the access point away from such sources Check if the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby If the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby the connection performance may become unstable Be sure to use a radio channel that does not interfere with other access points Check that the printer and the access point face each other Connection performance may depend on the orientations of the wireless devices Replace the access point and the printer in another direction to achieve the best performance Check whether other computers are not accessing the printer If o appears in the result of the measurement check whether other computers are not accessing the printer r still appears even if you have tried the above finish the measurement then restart the lJ Network Tool to start over the measurement JJ Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance 271 Initializing the Network Settings
231. es at the same time After logging in you can use useful services such as adding managing apps that work in conjunction with this product s cloud functionality and checking the ink status For screen descriptions and operation instructions see Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window Printing procedure This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example 86 Important The available functions differ depending on the app The printing procedure differs depending on the app e You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand e The following file formats can be printed jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start e This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet D gt Note e You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jog and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in Country Region Japan User ID Password 3 In the displayed album list select the album of your choice 87 lt CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Sample00 a Sample01 Sampled2 S4 4 L Sample03 Py Sample04 Sample05 4 In the displayed
232. es the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your smartphone tablet device or computer Description of the Login screen Description of the Main screen Description of the Login screen This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center na Canon U Cloud Printing Center Canon I Cloud Printing Center E mal address E mail address Password Keep login info Reset password from here Create new accourt System requremerts Sofware bcense info Log in gt Important e You have 5 tries to enter your password If you fail you will not be able to log in for about the next hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the last access Language Select the language you will be using E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration D Important The e mail address is case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Reset password from here Select this if you forgot the password Reset your password by following the instructions on the screen 70 Create new account A new registration will be added to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center For a new registration you need t
233. escan J 1 Rotate If you press the right Function button the original rotates by 180 degrees 2 Rescan If you press the left Function button the original is rescanned Press the OK button to start scanning When scanning is finished The Document setting screen appears on the LCD after scanning each sheet of original Document setting Back Place the next document and press OK Print now Remove the sheet of original from the platen glass after scanning and load the next sheet on the platen glass then press the OK button gt Note e If you do not need more scanning press the left Function button The machine starts copying e You can add the copying job while printing Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy 397 About Special Copy Menu The following menus are selectable in the Advanced print menu to copy originals E Borderless copy Ge You can copy images so that they fill the entire page without borders gt Copying without Borders EB Frame erase copy When copying thick originals such as books you can make a copy without black margins around the image and gutter shadows Copying Thick Originals Such as Books Fi Photo copy You can copy all photos you scanned Copying Photos 398 Copying Thick Originals Such as Books When copying thick originals such as books you can make a copy without black margins around the image and gutter shadows Using this fu
234. escribed in the message When an error occurs a Support Code error number is displayed on the computer screen or the LCD When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen e080 Canon MG5600 series 1 Job eit A Pause Settings Scanner Support Code 1003 0 testprint 2 2 SSE SEES S SESS SS S amp The screen differs depending on the OS you are using When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the LCD Support Code There is no paper Load paper in the cassette and push the cassette until the positions align Register the paper information as needed and press OK For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes refer to Support Code List Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer or on the LCD by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes see A Message Is Displayed 607 A Message Is Displayed This section describes some of the errors or messages DJ Note e A Support Code error number is displayed on the computer or on the LCD for some error or message For details on errors with Support Codes refer to Support Code List If a message is displayed on the LCD see below e A Message Is Displayed on the LCD If a message is displayed on the computer see below e Error Regarding Automatic Duplex P
235. ess point and the machine Cannot Communicate with the Machine Using the Access Point Mode Make sure that the machine is turned on Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to Disable LAN or Wireless LAN active Select Access point mode active GEA IS the machine selected to connect external communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets Select an access point name SSID specified for the machine as a destination for external communication devices Enter a password if you specify it for the machine ene Make sure that external communication devices are not placed far away from the machine Do not locate external communication devices too far away from the machine Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices GEIA Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible GE Are you trying to connect 6 devices or more 529 You can connect up to 5 devices using the access point mode Cannot Print or Scan from a Computer Connected to the Network Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to set up
236. esults checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog 446 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White e When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you cannot select PDF or PDF Multiple Pages DJ Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important This appears on
237. et the stringent requirements of the Energy Star programme for both environmental benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star logo accordingly Paper types This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper certified to an environmental stewardship scheme which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard In addition it can support printing on media down to a weight of 64g m2 lighter paper means less resources used and a lower environmental footprint for your printing needs Regulatory Model Code RMC is for identification and proof that the product complies with the regulations Please note that RMC is different from the marketing model number of the product D ENERGY STAR AA MA 124 Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Machine LCD and Operation Panel 125 Main Components gt Front View gt Rear View gt Inside View Operation Panel 126 Front View 1 2 9 8 7 6 4 1 operation panel Use to change the settings of the machine or to operate it Also lift and open it to replace an ink tank to check the ink lamp or to remove jammed paper inside the machine Operation Panel 2 document cover Open to load an original on the platen glass 3 paper guides Align with both sides of the paper stack 4 cassette Load paper here Two or more sheets of the same
238. ethod can be confirmed and changed For details on WEP setting Changing the WEP Detailed Settings For details on WPA WPA2 setting Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 6 TCP IP Setting Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your wireless LAN router or access point Use following IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address Access Points Screen Access Points The following access points were detected Select the access point to connect to and click Set Detected Access Points Level Encryption Access Point Name SSID MAC Address Tu WRA WPA2 20g Snes j rrr Th T WPA WPA2 dC MMAR Ll Mee 1 Detected Access Points The signal strength from the access point encryption type name of access point and the radio channel can be confirmed 33 Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party 261 DJ Note e Signal strength is displayed as follows Til Good Ti Fair T Poor
239. ettings Auto Scan Dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Settings Driver Dialog A Scanning from the Operation Panel Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel Settings Save to PC Auto Dialog Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Settings Save to PC Document Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog 438 Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden the 7 Scanning from the Operation Panel tab does not appear il General Settings Tab You can set the product to use file size restriction on e mail attachment language to detect text in images and folder in which to save images temporarily Settings General Settings Dialog 439 Settings Auto Scan Dialog gt Click Auto Scan on the Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Auto Scan dialog In the Settings Auto Scan dialog you can make advanced scan settings to scan by automatically detecting the item type eoo leja il Scan Options Apply recommended image correction Save Settings Settings Auto Scan File Name IMG Save in Data Format JPEG Image Quality PDF Compression B Pictures Auto Standard Sta
240. ext in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 462 Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White DJ Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving P
241. f printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows Nozzle Check 1 Select Test Print from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Click the Nozzle Check icon The confirmation message appears Click to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette D Note If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 4 Print a nozzle check pattern Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins 5 Check the print result When the dialog opens check the print result If the print result is normal click Quit If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head Related Topic Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer 198 Aligning the Print Head When you perform head position ad
242. f the Machine for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on the setting items when scanning from the operation panel When Scanning with IJ Scan Utility Scanning Documents Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings 592 Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted When Document or Magazine is selected for Select Source deselect the Correct slanted text document checkbox and scan the item again Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog 593 Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor Change the display setting in the application Refer to the application s manual for details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the application Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then change the resolution setting and scan again The higher the resolution the larger the resulting image will be Resolution 594 Problems with the Machine The Machine Cannot Be Powered On The Machine Turns Off Unintentionally Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection LCD Cannot Be Seen At All gt An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing 595 The Machine Cannot Be Powered On Press the ON button Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged int
243. f the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access Starting up IJ Network Tool 1 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder double click Canon Utilities gt IJ Network Tool and double click the Canon IJ Network Tool icon Depending on the printer you are using an administrator password is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase When you change the network settings authentication by the administrator password is required For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet 254 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen a0 Canon lj Network Tool Modei MAC Address Type Connected to n 3 eae E 4 if the printer to be used could not be detected check the network settings before clicking Update After you turn on the printer it may take a few minutes before the printer can be detected Wait awhile and then click Update 1 Utilities Modifies the settings of the machine Select to change the network name SSID settings Setup Sets up the machine If you setup the machine from scratch connec
244. fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation T Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette iw lt Loft gt gt gt Print Quality Standard Grayscale Printing 2 POF Hide Details Cancel gt Important In the Presets section click Save Current Settings as Preset Save As to register the specified settings Note e If the paper settings on the print dialog differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 306 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type When you use this printer selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following media types on this printer Commercially available papers Cassette paper information registered on the printer Plain Paper including recycled i Plain Paper Plain paper paper Media name Media Type in the printer driver Other Photo Paper Other Photo Paper Other Photo Paper Canon gen
245. for Default printer Restart your computer if you are printing from the computer 553 Paper Jams When paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen eoo Canon MG5600 series 1 Job Oo 4 Pause Settings Scanner Gupport Code 1300 0 testprint S2 S S2SESSE S ESSE SS SS S S amp S The screen differs depending on the OS you are using When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the LCD Support Code Paper is jammed in the paper output slot Remove the paper 1 Remove the paper from the paper output side and press OK 2 If the paper cannot be For details on how to remove the jammed paper refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer or on the LCD by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search 554 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Make sure that paper is loaded Loading Paper Make sure of the following when you load paper When loading two or more sheets of paper flip through the paper before loading When loading two or more sheets of paper align the edges of the sheets before loading When loading two or more sheets of paper make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper lo
246. for how to place items DJ Note To reduce moire in scans set Select Source to Magazine in the Settings Document Scan dialog or Settings Custom Scan dialog then click Document or Custom in the lJ Scan Utility main screen 1 Scan Options Area Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type 1 Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan J Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format DJ Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Auto is selected The following data formats are automatically applied according to the item type when saving Photos postcards BD DVD CD and business cards JPEG Magazines newspapers
247. for replacing since the print head may overheat Note e Opening the operation panel while printing moves the print head holder to the position to protect it Close the operation panel and reopen it after printing finishes 602 Problems with Installation Downloading gt Cannot Install the MP Drivers gt Uninstalling IJ Network Tool 603 Cannot Install the MP Drivers Download the driver from the support page of our website then reinstall it 604 Uninstalling IJ Network Tool Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Tool from your computer Important e Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled you can print over network or scan from the computer However you cannot change the network settings over network 1 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder double click Canon Utilities gt IJ Network Tool drag the Canon IJ Network Tool icon into the Trash 2 Restart the computer Empty the Trash and restart your computer DJ Note e To reinstall IJ Network Tool uninstall IJ Network Tool then install it again from our website 605 About Errors Messages Displayed gt If an Error Occurs gt A Message Is Displayed Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 606 If an Error Occurs When an error occurs in printing such as the machine is out of paper or paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate action d
248. for selecting to which you save the data is displayed select PC and press the OK button then select Local USB and press the OK button The Scan standby screen is displayed If you forward the data to the network connected computer The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed 511 P Forward scanned data to a PC OK Set Note If the Scan standby screen for forwarding the data to the USB connected computer is displayed on the LCD press the left Function button to display the screen for selecting to which you save the data Select the computer to forward the scanned data following the procedure below 1 Select mA PC then press the OK button 2 Use the amp button to select the computer to forward the scanned data then press the OK button Select PC Local USB Pc001 Pc002 Search again The Scan standby screen is displayed DJ Note If you select Local USB on the Select PC screen the data is forwarded to the USB connected computer When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista select Enable for WSD scan from this device on WSD setting on Other settings in LAN settings under Device settings WSD setting If you press the left Function button the machine starts searching for the connected computers again 3 Use the A gt button to select the document
249. from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 195 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print even though there is enough ink The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows Cleaning 1 Select Cleaning from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Click the Cleaning icon When the dialog opens select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed Click 2 to display the items you need to check before performing cleaning 3 Execute cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK Print head cleaning starts 4 Complete cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem clean it once more Important e Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Deep Cleaning Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem 1 Select Cleaning from the pop u
250. fter flashing when the power is turned on Before turning on the power make sure that the document cover is closed Turning the Machine On and Off 2 HOME button Used to display the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 LCD Liquid Crystal Display Displays messages menu items and the operational status 4 buttons Specifies the number of copies to copy or print 5 Black button Starts black amp white copying scanning etc 6 Color button Starts color copying scanning etc 7 Stop button Cancels operation when print copy or scan job is in progress 8 Alarm lamp Lights or flashes when an error occurs 9 4 Y lt 4 and gt buttons Used to select a menu or setting item LCD and Operation Panel 10 OK button Finalizes the selection of a menu or setting item This button is also used to resolve an error 11 Back button Returns the LCD to the previous screen 12 Function buttons Used to select menus on the HOME screen or select a function menu displayed at the bottom of the LCD 131 Using the Function Buttons 13 Wi Fi lamp Lights or flashes to indicate the wireless LAN status Lights Wireless LAN connection is enabled Flashes Printing or scanning over wireless LAN Also flashes while configuring the wireless LAN connection 132 About the Power Supply of the Machine gt Confirming that the Power Is On Turning the Machine On and Off Notice
251. ftware Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation 1 i I TextEdit Print header and footer Rewrap contents to fit page 7 PDF Hide Details Cancel Print Printer Select the model to be used for printing When you click Add Printer a dialog for specifying the printer opens Presets You can save or delete the settings of the Print dialog Note e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you can select Show Presets to check the print settings that are set in the Print dialog Copies You can set the number of copies to be printed DJ Note e If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 you can also set collate printing e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you can set collated printing by choosing Paper Handling from the pop up menu Two Sided You can set duplex printing Pages You can set the range of pages to be printed Paper Size Select the size of the paper to be used for printing To set a non standard size select Manage Custom Sizes Orientation Select the print orientation Pop up Menu You can switch between pages in the Print dialog by the pop up menu The first menu to appear differs depending on the application software that opened the Print dialog You can choose one of t
252. g modifying or distributing all or a portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of the respective rights Rights of Publicity and Copyright holder is strictly prohibited 2 All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be freely used for personal and non commercial purposes 38 Use PIXMA Cloud Link By using PIXMA Cloud Link you can connect your printer to a cloud service such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Evernote or Twitter and use the following functions without using a computer e Print images from a photo sharing service e Print documents from a data management service e Save scanned images to a data management service Use Twitter to report the printer status such as no paper or low ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer gt Important e In certain countries PIXMA Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different e Some apps require that you have an account before you use those apps For such apps please set up an account beforehand To find out which models support PIXMA Cloud Link check the Canon homepage The screen display may change without prior notice 39 Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your
253. g an access point The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time If you have an access point or wireless network router it is recommended that you use the method described in Connection Using an Access Point When connecting another device while a device is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using an Access Point J Saf e Connect the printer and a device using an access point e Connection methods vary depending on the access point type e You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer e When the connection between a device and an access point is completed and o Wi Fi icon is displayed in the device s screen you can connect the device to the printer using the access point 29 Connection without Using an Access Point Vy 4 gt e Connect the printer and a device without using an access point Connect a device and the printer directly using the printer s access point mode function e When establishing a connection in access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used e If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode the connection between the device and acce
254. g or scanning from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone Note e For details on how to print or scan from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone via wireless LAN refer to the device s or application s instruction manual How to terminate the Access Point Mode In environments that the machine is connected with the computer over the wireless LAN usually set the machine to the wireless LAN connection following the procedure below when you finish using the machine with the access point mode temporarily A 1 Select ii Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 2 Select Device settings then press the OK button 240 Use the 4 button to select LAN settings then press the OK button Use the amp 4 button to select Change LAN then press the OK button Use the amp 4 button to select Wireless LAN active then press the OK button If you do not use the machine over wireless LAN select Disable LAN Setting of the Access Point Mode Specify the settings for the access point mode following the procedure below 1 10 11 12 Make sure that the machine is turned on JA Select mM Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel Select Device settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select LAN settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select Other settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button t
255. g the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual If such changes or modifications should be made you could be required to stop operation of the equipment FCC ID AZDK30357 Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate equipment This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator and persons body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter Canon U S A Inc One Canon Park Melville New York 11747 1 800 652 2666 121 Users in Canada This device compl
256. g the Printer Operation Mode Windows Changing the Printer Operation Mode Mac 656 2120 Cause The paper settings of the cassette is not complete Action If the following screen is displayed the paper settings of cassette is not complete Register cassette paper info Page size A4 Type Plain paper OK Register Cancel Press the machine s OK button or the right Function button to terminate the paper settings of the cassette 657 2700 Cause Some errors occurred while copying and a certain time passed Action Press the OK button to dismiss the error and try to copy again 658 2900 Cause Scanning the print head alignment sheet has failed Action Press the OK button to dismiss the error then take the actions described below e Make sure that the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the platen glass e Make sure the platen glass and the print head alignment sheet are not dirty e Make sure the type and size of loaded paper is suitable for Automatic Print Head Alignment For Automatic Print Head Alignment always load one sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper e Make sure if print head nozzles are clogged Print the nozzle check pattern to check the status of the print head If the error is not resolved perform Manual Print Head Alignment 659 2901 Cause Printing of the print head alignment pattern is complete and the machine is in
257. g the setting To display the confirmation screen every time the printer usage information is sent or to resume surveying follow the procedure below 1 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder and double click the Canon Utilities folder then the Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder 2 Double click the Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon aA Extended Survey Program Preferences General rm Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent The survey program is turned on Turn off if you wish to turn off this program click Turn off Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent If the check box is selected the information will be sent automatically If the check box is not selected the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey Click the icon then follow the on screen instructions Turn off Turn on button Click the Turn off button to stop the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Click the Turn on button to restart the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 610 Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device The following are the possible errors that may occur when printing directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and the countermeasures to clear them DJ Note e This section describes errors that are in
258. gain ei Clean the platen and document cover If the item is in poor condition dirty faded etc click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then set Reduce Dust Fading Correction Grain Correction etc Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details CSL If the color tone of images is different from the original document take the following measures and scan again Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then set Image Adjustment to None Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details 589 Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Specify the scan area Manually specify the scan area when there are white margins or unwanted areas along the edges of the scanned images in the Image Stitch window Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window 590 Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 591 Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Panel Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Check that the settings match the item to be scanned If you cannot scan properly by automatically detecting the item type specify the item type and size When Scanning from the Operation Panel Refer to Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel o
259. ge Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following DJ Note e When Color Mode is Black and White only Reduce gutter shadow Correct slanted text document and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image appear Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned 445 DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Note e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Correction for details e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct
260. ge print settings screen Set the print settings to Default on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device when you want to print according to the settings on the machine This section describes the procedure to display the PictBridge print settings screen 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on JA 2 Select m Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Ls Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select PictBridge print settings then press the OK button 5 Check the message that is displayed then press the OK button The PictBridge print settings screen is displayed For details on the setting items PictBridge print settings 383 Paper setting for Printing By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette you can prevent the machine from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings When you load paper in the cassette The screen to register the cassette paper information is displayed Register cassette paper info Page size 4 A4 Type Plain paper OK Register Cancel Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper Important e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Dri
261. gle Cloud Prin Downloads OH Sign in to Chrome Settings About Google Chrome Help When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete and when the printer is turned on the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically Note Depending on the communication status it may take a while to print the print data or the printer may not receive the print data e While printing with Google Cloud Print the printing may be canceled depending on the printer s status such as when the printer is being operated or an error has occurred To resume printing check the printer s status then print with Google Cloud Print again e For print settings e If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4 Letter B5 A5 size the print data is printed in single sided even when you select the duplex print setting The paper size differs depending on the model of your printer For information about the supported paper sizes go to the Online Manual home page and refer to the Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing for your model 98 e If you select plain paper as media type or if you select B5 A5 size as paper size the print data is printed with border even when you select the borderless print setting The print results may differ from the print image depending on the print data e Depending on the device sending the print data you
262. gs confirmation screen is displayed 7 Specify the settings as necessary Use the 4 button to change the setting item and use the A button to change the setting Photo copy 4 Photo copy z 4 Type Plus Glossy Il Print qity Standard Page size lt 4 x6 10x15cm Type Plus Glossy Il Border Borderless Photo fix No correction 5 O Start copy Print qity Standard Border Borderless D D Start copy AUN Preview Preview Note e Depending on the setting item some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting items If the setting cannot be specified in combination is selected Error details is displayed on the LCD In this case press the left Function button to confirm the message then change the setting 1 Page size Select the page size of the loaded paper 401 2 Type Media type Select the media type of the loaded paper 3 Print qlty Print quality Select print quality according to the original 4 Border Bordered Borderless print Select bordered or borderless print 5 Photo fix Select No correction Auto photo fix or Fade restoration D gt Note e When No correction is selected the machine prints the scanned image without correction When Auto photo fix is selected the machine corrects the scanned image automatically When Fade restoration is selected the machine corrects the scanned image that have faded over time 8 Specify the number of
263. h Attach the Document Cover 163 Loading Originals on the Platen Glass 1 Load an original on the platen glass 1 Open the document cover 2 Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass Originals You Can Load How to Load Originals for Each Function 3 Important e Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass Do not place any objects weighing 4 4 Ib 2 0 kg or more on the platen glass Do not put any pressure of 4 4 Ib 2 0 kg or more on the platen glass such as pressing down the original Failure to observe the above may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break 2 Close the document cover gently gt Important After loading the original on the platen glass be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or scan 164 How to Load Originals for Each Function Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use If you do not load the original correctly it may not be scanned properly Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark e Load originals to copy e In Scan select Auto scan for Doc type to scan text documents magazines or newspapers select Document or Photo for Doc type and specify a standard size A4 Letter etc for Scan size to scan originals e With a software application on a computer scan text documents magazines or news
264. he connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data connection charges may apply depending on your contract e When you connect a device and the printer in access point mode the connection information will be saved to Wi Fi settings The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after disconnecting it or connecting it to another access point e You cannot connect to an access point and the printer that is in access point mode at the same time If you have an access point it is recommended that you use the access point to connect to the printer e To prevent automatic connection to the printer that is in access point mode change the connection mode after using the printer or set not to connect automatically in the Wi Fi settings of the device For details on how to change the settings of a device refer to the manual supplied with the device or contact its manufacturer 35 When connecting a device and the printer in access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used In access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again Devices c
265. he Manage users button the Manage users screen appears Bee Ung printer Ee Manage user User list Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 3 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can use the Mng printer functions to change the printer name 4 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed 81 e ce Sort Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area Drag the app to change the order Drag apps to rearrange the order Be CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums CL 2 CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM ie paper craft When you finish sorting press the Set sort order button and confirm the order Ea Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Regi
266. he Password setting on the Set up printer s wireless LAN screen the changed settings are applied to the printer settings DJ Note e You can use this function only when you are using a computer compatible with the wireless LAN 4 Help menu Instructions Displays this guide 258 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wireless LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wireless LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USB appearing in the Connected to column 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Wireless LAN button 5 Change the settings or confirm Click OK after changing configuration A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click OK the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Configuration F 7 A 7 Admin Password twork Type
267. he Printer registration ID System requirements This displays the system requirements for the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Help legal notices smartphone and tablet devices only The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed Software license info The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed About this service This displays the descriptions of this service Description of the Main screen When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center the Main screen appears With this service the functions available to Standard user of the printer are different from those available to the printer Administrator Standard user can only use the functions marked by an asterisk You can use areas shown below to start add and manage apps If you are using a smartphone or a tablet you can also print photos and documents If you are using a smartphone or tablet If you are using a PC If you are using a smartphone or tablet CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvNrive Ve t Contig 1 Left context menu 71 2 3 4 5 Printer name area Right context menu Display area Menu area we wo wa we 1 Left context menu When you select z the Mng printer screen of the Manage users screen appears For general users the Select printer screen appears Mng
268. he following items from the pop up menu 350 Layout You can set page layout printing Use Reverse page orientation to change the paper orientation and use Flip horizontally to print a mirror image of the document You can also set duplex printing Color Matching You can select the color correction method Paper Handling You can set the pages to be printed on paper and the print order Cover Page You can output cover pages both before and after a document Scheduler You can set the print start time and print priorities Quality amp Media You can set basic print settings that match the printer Color Options You can adjust the print colors as you desire Borderless Printing You can adjust the amount of document that extends off the paper when performing borderless printing Margin You can set the stapling side and the stapling margin Supply Levels A rough indication of the remaining ink level is displayed Summary The selected items in the Print dialog are displayed Important e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you cannot use Scheduler and Summary PDF You can save a document in PDF Portable Document Format format Preview If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 when you click g the disclosure triangle on the side of Printer and switch to the simple display Preview is displayed This button allows you to check the print results on the screen
269. he function to write files to a memory card from a computer to read files from a memory card over a network 276 About Technical Terms In this section technical terms used in the manual are explained A Access Point A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients the machine and rebroadcasts it Required in an infrastructure network Access point mode The machine is used as an access point to connect external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets in an environment where no access point or wireless LAN router is available You can connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the access point mode Ad hoc Client computer and machine setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer to peer basis i e all clients in with the same SSID network name communicate directly with each other No access point is required This machine does not support ad hoc communication Admin Password Administrator password in IJ Network Tool to restrict access to network users It must be entered to access the printer and change printer settings AES An encryption method It is optional for WPA WPA2 Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within U S government organizations for information processing 277 e e e e AirPort Network Infra Client computer and machine setup where all wireless communications pass through an access point Authentic
270. he machine at the time of purchase For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Access Points Screen This screen is displayed automatically if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point For information on the encryption settings see Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed Security is not configured on the access point The machine can still be used so continue the setup procedure to complete it Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party 546 The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten Initialize the machine settings Select Reset all then the administrator password reverts to the default Reset setting After initializing the machine settings perform setup according to the instructions on our website 547 Checking Information about the Network Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Machine Checking the IP Address or the MAC
271. he machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 688 6937 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 689 6938 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 690 6940 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 691 6941 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 692 6942 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 693 6943 Cause
272. he media type set correctly to match the loaded paper set the machine to prevent paper abrasion by using the operation panel or the computer Print speed may be reduced if you apply the setting to prevent paper abrasion setting Readjust the setting not to prevent paper abrasion once printing is complete If not this setting remains enabled for all subsequent print jobs To set by using the operation panel Press the HOME button select Setup Device settings and Print settings in this order and then set Prevent paper abrasion to ON Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD e To set by using your computer In the Canon lJ Printer Utility select Custom Settings in the pop up menu select the Prevent paper abrasion check box and then click Apply To open the Canon lJ Printer Utility see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again 569 If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion e When printing from your computer Reduce the intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again 1 Open the Print dialog gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 Select Color Options in the pop up menu 3 Drag the Intensity slide bar to set the intensity e When copying Setting Items for Copying Is printing performed beyond the rec
273. he newer scanner driver DJ Note e When installing multiple versions of the scanner driver install the older scanner driver first Related Topic Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Installing the Scanner Driver 501 Installing the Scanner Driver Access our website via the Internet to download the latest scanner driver Follow these steps to install the downloaded scanner driver 1 Mount the disk Double click the downloaded disk image file The file is decompressed and the disk is mounted 2 Start the installer Double click the pkg file in the decompressed disk Installation starts 3 Install the driver Follow the prompts to install When the license agreement screen appears read the terms and click Continue If you do not accept the license agreement you cannot install this software If an authentication screen appears enter the administrator s name and password then click Install Software 4 Complete the installation The scanner driver is installed Set up the network environment if you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection Refer to Network Scan Settings for the setting procedure Important e Installation may fail if you click Go Back during the process In that case select Quit Installer from the Installer menu to exit the installer then start over the installation
274. he printer home screen select Cloud 3 When the registration completed screen appears select OK Printer registration preparation for service use completed 4 On the confirmation screen select Next Make registration for using applications 5 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows read the statements and then select Agree if you agree lt License agreement gt Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the PH Start Print Do not agree Agree a lt Privacy statement gt 42 Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the PH Start Print Do not agree Agree Note e If you select Disagree a confirmation screen of canceling the user information registration appears If you select Yes the user information registration is canceled and you return to the Home screen Even if you select Disagree you can still use this service by selecting Agree from the registration screen later e You can print the displayed information by pressing the Start button 6 On the Time zone screen select the time closest to your region and then select Next Time zone Select the time that is closest to your region 00 00 7 In the time zones list select the region closest to you For some regions a screen for applying the daylight saving time setting may appear
275. he staple position margin e Depending on the Two Sided setting in the Layout pop up menu the Stapling Side that can be selected differs 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the data is printed with the specified margin width and staple side gt Important e When borderless printing is enabled Margin and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable 312 Execute Borderless Printing The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it extends slightly off the paper In standard printing margins are created around the document area However in borderless printing function these margins are not created When you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it set borderless printing The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows Setting Borderless Printing 1 Select the size of the paper for borderless printing Select XXX borderless from the Paper Size in the Print Dialog Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All Paper Size US Letter borderless gt 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation T t T TextEdit Print header and footer Rewrap contents to fit page lofl gt gt gt POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select Borderless Printing from the pop up menu 3 Adjust the amount of extension from th
276. heckbox and scan DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire 456 Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Note e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Correction for details When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts D
277. her than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in D gt Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 470 Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog A Click Save to PC Photo on the Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Save to PC Photo dialog In the Settings Save to PC Photo dialog you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer as photos after scanning them from the operation panel e090 Settings Save to PC Photo Le pA af cS Save 49 PC Auto Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting Resolution Use Device Setting 42 Save 10 PC Oocument Save Settings E File Name IMG asi Attach to E mail Photo Save in jj Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting g Atach wo E mol a Docent JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden Send to an application a5 Preview Send to a folder None _ Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults e a 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application
278. hine s OK button to continue printing Contact the service center 646 1701 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the machine s OK button to continue printing Contact the service center 647 1712 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the machine s OK button to continue printing Contact the service center 648 1713 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the machine s OK button to continue printing Contact the service center 649 1714 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the machine s OK button to continue printing Contact the service center 650 1715 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the machine s OK button to continue printing Contact the service center 1871 Cause The cassette is not inserted Action Close the paper output tray push the cassette so that the gt mark on the cassette aligns with the lt mark on the machine Open the paper output tray then press the machine s OK button gt Note The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after inserting the cassette Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette e If you want to cancel printing press the machine s Stop button 652 1890 Cause The protective material for the print head holder or the tape may remain attached to the holder Acti
279. ide the country or region where it was purchased apps cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list Check the display language of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If the display language is switched to a language that does not support an app the app will not be displayed in the apps list but will continue to be registered If you switch back to the target language of the app it will be displayed in the apps list and you will be able to start register or unregister the app If the information is not updated when you press the Update button Because the Properties screen requires network connection with this product the information may not be reflected immediately Please wait awhile and then try updating the information again If the information is still not updated then check that the product is connected to the Internet If you do not receive the registration e mail You may have entered a different e mail address during the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center On the printer s Home screen select Mi Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything A third party may be able to illegally use th
280. ient web services presented by Canon 1 Selecting Printer Information in an Apps Screen DJ Note e You can also enter IPv4 address directly in the web browser to display printer information laane 1 From the home window select Lil Setup gt ee Device settings gt LAN settings gt Confirm LAN settings gt WLAN setting list Then from the displayed window check the IP address 2 From your computer smartphone or tablet device open the Web browser and enter the following URL http lt Printer IP address gt For lt Printer IP address gt enter the IP address that you checked in the previous procedure 2 Entering Username and Administrator s Password From the authentication screen enter the Username and Password Username ADMIN Password See About the Administrator Password Note The Username display may differ depending on your browser 3 Displaying Printer Information The top screen for printer information is displayed 105 Menu Printer status Utilities AirPrint settings Google Cloud Print setup Print from E mail setup IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Security Firmware update Manual Online Printer status This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount the status and detailed error information You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page and use Web Services Utilities This function allows you to set and
281. ies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS 102 of the IC radio frequency RF Exposure rules This equipment should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person s body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles Pour les usagers r sidant au Canada Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d exposition aux rayonnements nonc es pour un environnement non contr l et respecte les r gles d exposition aux fr quences radio lectriques RF CNR 102 de l IC Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps a l exception des extr mit s mains poignets pieds et chevilles Users in Jo
282. image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next Sample01 5 Make the necessary print settings and then select Print 88 Selected 5 Paper size Letter Media type Plus Glossy Il Print quality Standard Border Borderless Photo fix Red EveCorrection Print 6 A print job completion message appears and printing starts The print data has been sent Continue To continue printing select Continue and perform the operation from Step 3 To end the printing select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen Important e Ifa print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed e With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are also included in the print count Adding a Printer 89 Adding a Printer With one account you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers The procedure for adding a printer is as follows 1 Print the registration information from the printer to be added 2 From the browser on your smartphone tablet or computer access the authentication site URL Cilia biti http cs c ij com join ner repertion ts Cn pent rary fe etre tpn gone AF amamen o ie Os erertne if epee en tae be peered whe ae OO AA mm Repel Ot TN Pa ee Meet O eee lt he Baan teang mone 3 Select Add
283. in full color Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning 498 Updating the Scanner Driver Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Before Installing the Scanner Driver Installing the Scanner Driver 499 Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Upgrading your current scanner driver to the latest scanner driver may solve some problems you have experienced To obtain the scanner driver access our website and download the scanner driver for your model Important e Scanner driver can be downloaded for free however Internet connection fees apply Related Topic Before Installing the Scanner Driver Installing the Scanner Driver 500 Before Installing the Scanner Driver Check the following points before installing the scanner driver Check these also when you cannot install the scanner driver Machine Status e If the machine and computer are connected with a USB cable disconnect the USB cable from the computer Computer Settings e Close all running applications e Log in as the administrator of the computer You will be required to enter the name and password of the user with administrator privileges If you have multiple user accounts on Mac OS X log in with the first administrator account created Important e If you install an older version of the scanner driver after installing a newer one the scanner driver may not operate properly In that case reinstall t
284. in paper may result in printouts with reduced quality Use them only for test printing Borderless Printing onto plain paper from the operation panel or from a digital camera is not supported Borderless Printing is not available for legal A5 or B5 sized paper or envelopes Depending on the type of paper Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and bottom edges of the paper or cause these parts to become smudged 159 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes re J _ is a 0 2 le rn F _ m HE Recommended printing area A 1 70 inches 43 3 mm B 1 47 inches 37 4 mm E Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 13 inch 3 4 mm F 0 13 inch 3 4 mm 160 Letter Legal C J y m F E Recommended printing area A 1 70 inches 43 3 mm B 1 47 inches 37 4 mm C Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 25 inch 6 4 mm F 0 25 inch 6 3 mm 161 Envelopes Envelope DL 3 88 x 7 06 inches 98 8 x 179 5 mm Envelope Com 10 3 68 x 7 90 inches 93 5 x 200 8 mm He A GEN E Recommended printing area A 0 31 inch 8 0 mm B 1 28 inches 32 5 mm C 0 22 inch 5 6 mm D 0 22 inch 5 6 mm 162 Loading Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass How to Load Originals for Each Function Originals You Can Load gt How to Detac
285. ing is finished The Document setting screen appears on the LCD after scanning each sheet of original 407 Document setting Document setting fal Page 2 Place the next document and press OK Print now Remove the sheet of original from the platen glass after scanning and load the next sheet on the platen glass then press the OK button After scanning the fourth sheet of original the machine starts copying D gt Note e If you do not need more scanning press the left Function button The machine starts copying e You can add the copying job while printing Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy e If you use this function in combination with Two sided copy the Document setting screen is displayed after scanning the fourth sheet of original is complete Follow the on screen instructions to scan the rest of originals 408 Scanning l Scanning from a Computer Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine 409 Scanning from a Computer Scanning with IJ Scan Utility gt Scanning with Scanner Driver Useful Information on Scanning Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 410 Scanning with IJ Scan Utility gt What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software Starting IJ Scan Utility gt Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Basic Scanning Documents Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch Sca
286. ing on your computer 497 General Notes Scanner Driver The scanner driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep these points in mind when using the scanner driver Scanner Driver Restrictions e e e e e If the computer is shared among multiple users or when you have logged out and back on a message indicating that the scanner driver is in use may appear In that case disconnect the USB cable from the computer then reconnect it Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep state with the scanner driver active In that case follow these steps and scan again 1 Turn off the machine 2 Exit the scanner driver then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it 3 Turn on the machine Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same computer simultaneously If multiple scanning devices are connected you cannot scan from the operation panel of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing the devices When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network the machine cannot be accessed from multiple computers at the same time When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network scanning takes longer than usual Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high resolutions For example at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600 dpi
287. ings Device settings Print settings LAN settings Device user settings PictBridge print settings Language selection Firmware update Cassette settings 4 Select Change LAN then press the OK button LAN settings Change LAN Wireless LAN setup Confirm LAN settings Other settings 5 Select Access point mode active then press the OK button Change LAN i Wireless LAN active Access point mode active Disable LAN Change LAN WF Wireless LAN active Access point mode active Disable LAN 6 Check the SSID displayed in the printer screen 7 Press the right Function button check the Password network key then press the Back button E You will use the SSID and Password network key in the subsequent steps 32 Access point information Details si0 Wireless LAN security 1 Password Details 8 Press the left Function button F a Access point information si0 Details 9 Right click the Wireless Network Connection icon in the notification area of the taskbar on the computer then select View Available Wireless Networks Change Windows Firewall settings Open Network Connections Repair View Available Wireless Networks 10 Select the network name SSID you want to use then click Connect 33 Natwesls Teall Choose a wireless network G areh neak est ich an bem in the Int below to connect to a greiss network in ranga or to get more BS Set up a wireless rotw
288. ings from the pop up menu on the Canon lJ Printer Utility enon Canon MG5600 series Allows you to reduce the printer s operating noise Do not use quiet mode Always use quiet mode Use quiet mode during specified hours Start time 21 00 End time 7 00 When the hours are specified quiet mode is not applied to operations copy direct print etc performed directly from the printer Defaults Apply Note e If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer a message may be displayed because the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer If this happens click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 2 Set the quiet mode If necessary specify one of the following items Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function D Important e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver No matter how you use to set the quiet mode the mode is applied when
289. ion Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in gt Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 464 Settings Driver Dialog Fn Click Driver on the Ls Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Driver dialog In the Settings Driver dialog you can specify how to save images when scanning items by starting the scanner driver from IJ Scan Utility and how to respond after saving them e000 Settings Driver 18 eja if m PIN ER Save Settings angs File Name IMG c aa Document Scan Save in ij Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif pan I Photo Sean JPEG Image Quality Standard Cestom Save to a subfolder with current date Enable large image
290. ion from the beginning If the Wi Fi lamp is lit Go to check 3 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 536 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 Is the machine connected to the access point By using the operation panel of the machine make sure that the machine is connected to the access point Select Setup on the HOME screen then select Device settings gt LAN settings gt Confirm LAN settings gt WLAN setting list Make sure that Connection on the LCD is set to Active WLAN setting list Connection q Active MOSER le ow o w ape te Lae es a Tee Communication mode Infrastructure If Connection is set to Inactive The machine may be placed far away from the access point Place the machine near the access point temporarily then click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the machine cannot be detected the machine is not connected to the access point Connect the machine to the access point Click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning If Connection is set to Active Go to check 4 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 537 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 Are the SSID of the a
291. ion is not available with current settings is displayed on the LCD Change the setting following the on screen instructions Magnif Magnification Specify the reduction enlargement method Reducing or Enlarging a Copy Intensity Specify the intensity When Auto is selected the intensity is adjusted automatically according to the originals loaded on the platen glass Auto is displayed on the Copy standby screen Standard copy A4 B 100 Auto Preview Print settings Page size Select the page size of the loaded paper Type Media type Select the media type of the loaded paper Print qity Print quality Adjust print quality according to the original J Important e If you use Draft with Type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected select Standard or High for Print qlty and try copying again 392 e Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays instead of black or white 6 Layout Select the layout Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page 7 2 sidedPrintSetting Select whether to perform two sided copying Two Sided Copying 393 Reducing or Enlarging a Copy You can specify the magnification optionally or select the preset ratio copying or fit to page copying The LCD below is displayed when you press the right Function button in the
292. ion system or the message appearing on your computer If the firewall function interferes with setting up When the message appears on your computer If the message warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network appears on the computer set the security software to allow access Then click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication When the message does not appear on your computer Cancel to set up then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network Set the security software to allow Setup app Canon IJ Network Tool app canonijnetwork bundle ClJScannerRegister app Canon IJ Scan Utility2 app and ClJSUAgent app to access the network After setting the security software try to set up the network communication from the beginning D gt Note e For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer If there is no problem with the firewall settings Go to check 6 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 6 539 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 6 Check the settings of the access point Check the settings of the access point for the network connection such as IP address filtering MAC address
293. is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Adjust the contrast Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast and moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Printer Canon MG5600 series Presets Default Settings s Copies E _ Two Sided Pages All OFrom 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation te t gt Color Options Cyan 0 a 7 a High Magenta 0 z aed _ low High Hai aj 1of1 P hpi Yellow 0 E mQ I ABCDEF 2 bac 1234567 Brightness Normal Sample Type O e Standard Intensity 0 f 0 10 90 View Color Pattern S low Migh 27 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the image is printed with the adjusted contrast gt Important If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the Contrast appears grayed out and is unavailable 344 Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity 345 Overview of the Printer Driver gt Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Page Setup Dialog
294. is included in the e mail and complete the registration You can use this service from registered e mail address Note e You can register up to 500 members Print from E mail Troubleshooting The Document Does Not Print f You Cannot Register to the Service or Delete the Service f You Cannot Print after the Printer Is Repaired The Document Does Not Print If the document does not print check the following Check that the printer power is on If the printer power is on turn it off and then back on again and check whether the issue is resolved Check that the printer is connected to the network Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN has an Internet connection Look at the printer LCD monitor and check that no error message is displayed If the problem persists use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the printer If the document cannot be printed refer to the Online Manual for your printer Check that the file attached to the e mail is an Adobe PDF file a JPEG file or a doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx file Check whether the e mail address of the send destination is correct To check the print address from the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select Mi Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Check address for pri
295. ixels can be scanned When the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings or when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you can select JPEG Exif TIFF or PNG e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format DJ Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox i
296. justment errors in the print head adjustment position are corrected and conditions such as color and line streaking are improved If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions adjust the position of the print head On this printer you can adjust the print head either automatically or manually 199 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Select Custom Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Switch head alignment to manual Check the Align heads manually check box 3 Apply the settings Click Apply and when the confirmation message appears click OK 4 Select Test Print from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 5 Click the Print Head Alignment icon A message is displayed 6 Load paper in the printer Load two sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette Note If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette pape
297. k Print When you execute print the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 333 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software When you print from Adobe Photoshop Canon Digital Photo Professional or any application software that can identify input ICC profiles and allows you to specify such profiles printer uses the color management system ColorSync built into Mac OS when printing The printer prints the editing and touch up results of the application software and effectively uses the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data To use this printing method use your application software to select color management items and specify an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself or one for special Canon paper be sure to select color management items from your application software For instructions refer to the manual of the application software you are using 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG5600 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter
298. k Status with the Ink Lamps 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Open the front cover then open the paper output tray 3 Lift the operation panel and open until it stops Replacing Procedure 4 Check the ink lamp Close the operation panel after checking the ink lamp status Replacing Procedure The ink lamp is on The ink tank is correctly installed The ink lamp is flashing Flashing slowly at around 3 second intervals Dean ae Repeats Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank Flashing fast at around 1 second intervals amp C amp Repeats The ink tank is installed in the wrong position Or The ink has run out Make sure that the ink tank is installed in the correct position as indicated by the label on the print head holder If the position is correct but the lamp flashes there has been an error and the machine cannot print Check the error message displayed on the LCD A Message Is Displayed The ink lamp is off The ink tank is not installed properly or the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled If the ink tank is not firmly in place make sure that the orange protective cap has been 178 removed from the bottom of the ink tank then press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank clicks into place If the ink lamp is still off after reinstalling the ink tank there has been an error and the machine cannot print Check th
299. le Check Pattern 0000 cece eee 198 Aligning the Pint Head 6 5 05s cane gth Aa ud oe RA a BA KE laoi eee Bae ae 199 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer 0000 e eee eee 200 Canino BOUIN ano kde aed ones ad cua Bese gated Ata ahaa ihe ito erro Ae sited D 203 Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine 22 266 205s endeared deed ee ea OER eRe de Rae E Kae 204 Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover 0 00 0 00s 22d eee cee wae 205 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller ciiccecscdetagedcdatedddeewaxceddeumosdodaaaedaad 206 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning 2 200000000 208 Changing the Machine Settings 6c cc cack eeeeiGo ss OCEEE OER eee eNS ee RR 210 Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer 0 006 0002 0cc aa beds av eae ence need nen 211 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 22 56 060 aasa aaan aaae 175 Registering a Changed Printing Prole oroso isesanadii iaraa a A 213 Managing the Primer POWE lt erecsssisssri idera bees Ode he GEE RE 215 Reducing the Printer Noise eee ree ee ee ey ee ee ee eee 217 Changing the Printer Operation Mode 000 cee eens 219 Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD 250 cccscdeewwe denen ee ede eee we deen seen ex 221 Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD 0 0 0 eee ene ee 222 PRACSCUINGS 41400 cde coed See ORS Oe OER ARSE adie A MEN eee eRe E 224 EAN SEIN raea Ae hs weenie N Maen
300. les is 10 MB Note The size of an e mail is determined based on the size of the entire transmission file including the e mail message and the header Therefore sometimes an attachment file cannot be printed even if the size of the attachment file is less than 10 MB e If the size of an attached JPEG file is less than 10 KB the file cannot be printed 2 Attach the file that you want to print from your smartphone tablet or computer to the e mail and send it to the e mail address for printing To check the print address from the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select il Setup gt i l Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Check address for printing Important e You will not be able to use the service during periods when the service is undergoing maintenance 109 Use the Service With More Than One Person To allow multiple users to use this function register users other than the printer s owner as members 1 The printer s owner uses his her smartphone tablet or computer to access the service s login URL https pr mp c ij com po and logs in 2 Select the printer name that you want to add the member Click Member Settings gt Add to enter the member s e mail address and click Add A URL of the member registration page is sent to the e mail address of the newly registered member 3 Registered member accesses to the URL that
301. less LAN compliant device Printable image data format The machine accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system and PNG files Exif 2 2 2 21 2 3 compliant Important e LAN connection with the machine is required to use this function Note PictBridge is the Standard to print your photos directly without using a computer connecting a device such as a digital still camera digital camcorder or camera equipped mobile phone In this manual PictBridge printing with the wireless LAN connection is referred to as PictBridge Wireless LAN When printing photos with the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device connected to the machine we recommend the use of the AC adapter supplied with the device If you are using the device battery be sure to charge it fully Depending on the model or brand of your device you may have to select a print mode compliant with PictBridge Wireless LAN before connecting the device You may also have to turn on the device or select Play mode manually after connecting the device to the machine Perform necessary operations on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device before connecting it to this machine according to instructions given in the device s instruction manual 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Connect the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to the machine Detect the machine with the PictBridge
302. lf by not broadcasting its SSID The client must specify the SSID set to the access point to detect it The stealth mode is called a closed network Subnet Mask Address IP address has two components the network address and the host address Subnet Mask used to calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically Example IP Address 192 168 127 123 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask Address 192 168 127 0 TCP IP Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN This protocol allows different terminals to communicate with each other TKIP An encryption protocol employed by WPA WPA2 281 U e USB Serial interface designed to enable you to hot swap devices i e by plugging and unplugging them without turning off the power WwW WEP WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal and key number of 1 to 4 e Wi Fi International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE 802 11 specification This machine is a Wi Fi authorized product e Wireless LAN A network that instead of being connected by physical wires is connected by a wirele
303. lies Image Adjustment suitable for magazines Document Applies Image Adjustment suitable for text documents 494 DJ Note If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto specify the item type The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment In that case set Image Adjustment to None Reduce Dust Scanned photos may contain white dots caused by dust or scratches Use this function to reduce such noise None Dust and scratches will not be reduced Low Select this to reduce small dust particles and scratches Large ones may remain Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this to reduce large dust particles and scratches however evidence of the reduction process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed Important e This function may not be effective for some types of photos Note It is recommended that you select None when scanning printed materials Fading Correction Use this function to correct photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors None Fading Correction will not be applied Low Select this to correct a small amount of fading and colorcast Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this to correct a large amount of fading and colorcast This
304. ll appear Document setting Place the document on the platen aligning its corner with the alignment mark as shown OK Close 1 Press the right Function button to select Scan settings The scan settings screen will appear I Local USB Scan size lt 4 x6 10x15cm gt Format JPEG Scan res 300 dpi 140 Loading Paper Originals Loading Paper Loading Originals 141 Loading Paper Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes Media Types You Can Use Media Types You Cannot Use Printing Area 142 Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper You can load plain paper or photo paper D Important e If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm to perform trial print it can cause paper jams DJ Note e We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos For details on the Canon genuine paper see Media Types You Can Use e You can use general copy paper For the page size and paper weight you can use for this machine see Media Types You Can Use 1 Prepare paper Align the edges of paper If paper is curled flatten it DJ Note e Align the edges of paper neatly before loading Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams e If paper is curled hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat For details on how to flatte
305. lor Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF or PNG 599 Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White 451 D gt Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files J Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The fold
306. lor management you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color reproduction area that the printer can express Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data The recommended printing method depends on the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data or the application software to be used There are two typical printing methods Check the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data and the application software to be used and then select the printing method suited to your purpose Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Describes the procedure for printing by using the color correction function of the printer driver e To print using Canon Digital Photo Color The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer reproducing colors of the original image data and producing three dimensional effects and high sharp contrasts e To print by directly applying editing and touch up results of an application software When printing the data the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and light areas while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact When printing the data the printer applies fine adjustment results such as brightness adjustments made with an application software Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of Adobe RGB or sRGB effectively You can print with
307. lower printing speed or lower print quality Extended copy amount Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless full Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed Cropped area will be larger if Extended amount Large is selected Important e This setting can be applied under the following conditions Performing borderless copying Borderless is selected for Border when copying printed photos J Note e If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless specifying Extended amount Large for this setting may help solve the problem Auto photo fix setting When ON is selected you can select whether to print photos using the Exif information recorded in the image files when Default or On is selected in printing with a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device select Auto photo fix for Photo fix in PictBridge print settings Prevent paper double feed Select ON to prevent double feed of plain paper Important e Select ON only when double feed of plain paper occurs Adjust horizontal print position Adjusts the print position when the left right margins are not aligned You can adjust the left right margins in increm
308. ly when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search 447 Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want
309. machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 677 6801 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 678 6900 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 679 6901 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 680 6902 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 681 6910 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 682 6911 Cause
310. margin along each edge of media The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins Recommended printing area Hl Canon recommends that you print within this area Printable area L The area where it is possible to print However printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision Note With performing Automatic Duplex Printing and Duplex Two sided Copying the printable area will be 0 08 inch 2 mm smaller at the top margin When performing borderless copying or borderless printing from a printed photo select Extended copy amount in Print settings of Device settings to specify the amount of images that extends off the paper Print settings By selecting Borderless Printing option you can make prints with no margins When performing Borderless Printing slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is enlarged to fill the whole page For Borderless Printing use the following paper Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt e Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt e Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt Performing Borderless Printing on any other type of paper may substantially reduce printing quality and or result in printouts with altered color hues Borderless Printing on pla
311. mbnails of the scanned images Appears blank if none has been scanned 4 Preview Area Displays the scanned images You can adjust the layout by dragging the scanned image or check the results of the settings made in 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 491 When no image has been scanned After scanning the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1 The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction and 2 appears next to it After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2 The two scanned images appear Related Topic Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch 492 Scanning with Scanner Driver You can scan by starting the scanner driver from various applications Refer to Help of Mac OS for how to scan Important e When scanning with the scanner driver in Mac OS X v10 6 8 select JPEG or TIFF in Format Scanned images are saved in the format set in Data Format in the Settings Driver dialog of IJ Scan Utility Note e Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details on the setting procedures for image correction and color adjustment e Refer to General Notes Scanner Driver for the scanner driver e Refer to Updating the Scanner Driver for the scanner driver e In the Settings Driver dialog of IJ Scan Utility you can also make advanced settings for scanning with the scanner driver 493 Image Corre
312. me to less than half 2 We recommend that you remove the previously printed envelope from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration 3 When loading paper in stacks the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed properly In this case load one sheet at a time 156 Media Types You Cannot Use Do not use the following types of paper Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results but also the machine to jam or malfunction e e e e e e e e e Folded curled or wrinkled paper Damp paper Paper that is too thin weighing less than 17 Ib 64 g m Paper that is too thick plain paper weighing more than 28 Ib 105 g m except for Canon genuine paper Paper thinner than a postcard including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size when printing on paper smaller than A5 Picture postcards Postcards affixed with photos or stickers Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive Any type of paper with holes Paper that is not rectangular Paper bound with staples or glue Paper with adhesives Paper decorated with glitter etc 157 Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes Letter Legal Envelopes 158 Printing Area To ensure the best print quality the machine allows a
313. ments ee Placing a Single Item Place the item face down on the platen and align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned Place the item face down on the platen with 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and the item Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned J Important D Important Refer to Loading Originals for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on the e Large items such as A4 size photos that cannot be portions in which items cannot be scanned placed away from the edges arrow alignment mark of the platen may be saved as PDF files To save in a 508 format other than PDF scan by specifying the data format Placing Multiple Items Allow 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and items and between items Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned A more than 0 4 inch 1 cm DD Note e In IJ Scan Utility you can place up to 12 items e Positions of slanted items 10 degrees or less are corrected automatically 509 Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Basic Attaching the Scanned Data
314. mmunication Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images gt Specifications 118 Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information 119 Safety Precautions Choosing a location e Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty in direct sunlight outdoors or close to a heating source To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks use the machine under the operating environment specified in the On screen Manual Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet Do not place the machine with its back attached to the wall e e Power supply e Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary e Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord Pulling the cord may damage the power cord leading to possible fire or electrical shock e Do not use an extension lead cord Working around the machine e Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it i
315. mputer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN Printing Out Network Setting Information 244 Default Values Set at Factory Network Default Values of the LAN Connection ee eae ee p Fame em amen e Eee lee a prammer ow foment em el e ieee e XX represents alphanumeric characters The default value in this item varies by machine You can check the value in this item using the operation panel on the machine LAN settings Default Values of the Access Point Mode SSID access point name XXXXXX MG5600series Wireless LAN security WPA2 PSK AES Serial number of the machine XXXXXxX is the last six digits of MAC address of the machine 245 Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable Connect the machine and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below The USB port is located on the rear of the machine 246 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name When the printer is detected you may see multiple printers of the same name on the detection result screen The printer names on the screen are displayed with the MAC address added at the end of the names or displayed as the printer name specified by Bonjour Select a printer with checking the MAC address the printer name specified by Bonjour or the serial number set to the printer against that on the detection result screen Note A serial number may not be displayed on the detection
316. n Panel 3 Select Ey Device settings then press the OK button 4 Press the button 4 times then press the OK button 5 Use the amp button to select the language for the LCD then press the OK button 601 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing Is the POWER lamp off Check if the POWER lamp is lit The print head holder will not move unless the power is on If the POWER lamp is off close the operation panel and turn the machine on While the POWER lamp is flashing the machine is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit and then open the operation panel again Is an error message displayed on the LCD Close the operation panel follow the Support Code error number displayed in the error message to resolve the error and then reopen it For details on how to resolve the error refer to Support Code List Has the operation panel been left open for 10 minutes or longer If the operation panel is left open for more than 10 minutes the print head holder moves to the position to protect it to prevent the print head from drying out Close and reopen the operation panel to return the print head holder to the position for replacing Has the machine been printing continuously for a long period Close the operation panel wait a while then reopen it If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time the print head holder may not move to the position
317. n Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Auto is selected Resolution Auto is selected Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type gt Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan 468 Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format DJ Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Auto is selected The following data formats are automatically applied according to the item type when saving e Photos postcards BD DVD CD and business cards JPEG e Magazines newspapers and documents PDF Important The save format may differ depending on how you place the item Refer to Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer for how
318. n also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation fe Tae Color Options Cyan 0 a a low High Magenta 0 ep gt low High lt lt 4 Yellow 0 a B ABCDEF Ln 1234567 Brightness Normal Sample Type Standard View Color Pattern POF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity gt Important If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the Intensity appears grayed out and is unavailable 342 Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast 343 Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast No adjustment Adjust the contrast The procedure for adjusting contrast
319. n curled paper see Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched e When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality 2 Load paper 1 Open the front cover gently 143 2 Holding the right tab on the front cover pull out the cassette until it stops 3 Use the right paper guide A to slide both paper guides all the way out 4 Load the paper in the center of the cassette WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN Push the paper stack all the way to the back of the cassette D Important e Always load paper in the portrait orientation B Loading paper in the landscape orientation C can cause paper jams 144 JI O B C 5 Slide the right paper guide A to align the paper guides with both sides of the paper stack Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper The paper may not be fed properly JJJ Note Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark D Keep the paper stack height below the tabs E of the paper guides D E e Load small size paper such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm by pushing it in all the way to the back of the cassette 145 6 Holding the right tab on the front cover push the cassette back until the arrow gt on th
320. n the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing Display Guide Message Displays a guide when you perform operations in which the paper setting procedure is complicated Hagaki Printing Displays the guide message before the printer begins hagaki printing To hide the guide messages select the Do not show again check box in the displayed dialog To display the guide messages again display the Canon IJ Printer Utility pop up menu select Custom Settings and then check the Hagaki Printing check box Important e With OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you cannot use Display Guide Message Therefore if you check the Do not show again check box when a guide message is displayed before printing starts this will stop any more guide messages from being displayed Prevent paper abrasion The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high density printing to prevent paper abrasion Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion Prevent paper double feed Select this check box only if the printer is feeding multiple sheets of plain paper at the same time Important e Using this function slows down the print speed Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function of Test Print on the pop up menu in the Canon IJ Printer Utility is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual h
321. nabled the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista WSD scan from this device Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD Timeout setting Specifies the timeout length Bonjour settings Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for Mac OS Enable disable Bonjour Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings Service name Specifies the Bonjour service name You can use up to 48 characters for the name Note e You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected devices LPR protocol setting Activates deactivates the LPR setting PictBridge communication Setting items for printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Enable disable communication Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Timeout setting Specifies the timeout length Wireless LAN DRX setting Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when using wireless LAN It allows you to save electricity J Note e Depending on the access point you are using discontinuous reception may not be activated even though Enable is selected e Discontinuous reception is activated only while the machine is on standby The LCD is in the screen saver mode Access point mode settings When you use the machine as an access point sp
322. nction 479 Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Note e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported e The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of
323. nction you can reduce unnecessary ink consumption J gt i kK 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Select LI Advanced print on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 4 Select a Frame erase copy then press the OK button 5 Load the original document on the platen glass 6 Specify the number of copies by using the or button Change the print settings as necessary Setting Items for Copying DJ Note e When the Copy standby screen is displayed pressing the right Function button allows you to preview an image of the printout on the preview screen Displaying the Preview Screen 7 Press the Color button for color copying or the Black button for black amp white copying The machine starts copying Note e Close the document cover There may be a narrow black margin that appears around the image This function removes the dark margins only If a scanned book is too thin or when the machine is used near a window or in a bright environment a faint black frame may remain Also if the color of an original is dark the machine cannot distinguish the document color from the shadow and this may cause slight cropping or a shadow on the crease 399 Copying without Borders You can copy images on photo paper so that they fill the entire page without borders a 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load the photo paper 3
324. nd sticker above A4 Letter 4 up Photo Stickers 2 up 4 up 9 up 16 up 2 With a Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device selecting items with i mark allows you to print shooting info Exif Data in list format 20 up or on the margins of the specified data 1 up May not be available with some Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices 382 3 Printed in 35 mm Film Style Layout Contact Printing Layout Available only with a Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device May not be available with some Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices Print date amp Default Off No printing Date File No Both Off file no Default Selections based on the machine setting On Auto photo fix 1 Off Red Eye 2 The scene or person s face of a shot photo is recognized and the most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter to print It also analyzes a scene such as scenery night scene person etc and corrects each scene with the most suitable color brightness or contrasts automatically to print 2 Can be selected only on certain Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices May not be selected depending on the device Default Off No trimming On follow the camera s setting Off Settings on the Machine You can change the PictBridge Wireless LAN print settings from the PictBrid
325. ndard V Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden Send to an application 46 Preview Send to a folder None Attach to maill None Attach Manually Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults eene Oane 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear Supported Items Photos postcards business cards magazines newspapers documents and BD DVD CD D Important e To scan the following types of items specify the item type and size in the Settings Document Scan dialog Settings Photo Scan dialog or Settings Custom Scan dialog then click Photo Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen You cannot scan correctly with Auto A4 size photos e Text documents smaller than 2L 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as paperback pages with the spine cut off e Items printed on thin white paper e Long narrow items such as panoramic photos e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected e Place items to be scanned on the platen correctly Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly 440 Refer to Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer
326. ne Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern From the computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern Clean the print head From the machine Cleaning the Print Head From the computer 182 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer After cleaning the print head print and examine the nozzle check pattern gt Step1 If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice D Clean the print head deeply From the machine Cleaning the Print Head Deeply From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Note e When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved the print head may be damaged Contact the service center When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are Misaligned Align the print head From the machine Aligning the Print Head From the computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer 183 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle Note If the remaining ink level is low the nozzle check pattern will
327. net connection is required during software installation In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be open Contact the network administrator for details e e Information in this guide is subject to change without notice 298 About the Administrator Password An administrator password canon is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase Important e For security reasons it is recommended to change the password before you use the printer e You can change the password using one of the tools below Some tools may not be available depending on the printer you are using operation panel of the printer e IJ Network Tool e printer information screen displayed on some Canon application software e When you change the password use 0 to 32 alphanumeric characters e If the password has been changed while you are sharing the printer and you do not know the password ask the administrator of the printer you are using e The password reverts to the default setting by initializing the printer settings 299 Printing Printing from a Computer Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine SP cB we P Printing with Web Service Printing from a Digital Camera Paper setting for Printing 300 Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver 301 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver
328. nfirm the MAC address Checking If the Computer and the Machine or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate To check that communication is available perform the ping test 548 1 Open the Utilities folder in the Applications folder 2 Start Network Utility 3 Click the Ping button 4 Make sure that Send only XX pings XX are numbers is selected 5 Enter the IP address of the target machine or the target access point in Enter the network address to ping 6 Click Ping XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the target device A message such as the following is displayed 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 0 ttl 64 time 3 394 ms 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 1 ttl 64 time 1 786 ms 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 2 ttl 64 time 1 739 ms XXX XXX XXX XXX ping statistics 3 packets transmitted 3 packets received 0 packet loss If the packet loss is 100 the communication is not available Otherwise the computer is communicating with the target device Checking the Network Setting Information To check the network setting information of the machine display the network setting information using the operation panel of the machine or print out the network setting information of the machine LAN settings Printing Out Network Setting Information 549 How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default D Important e Note that initialization erases all network se
329. ng Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 5 Load the original on the platen glass Note e You can confirm the procedure to load the original by pressing the center Function button 513 6 Press the Color button for color scanning or the Black button for black amp white scanning DJ Note e When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD press the Color button e If you select JPEG or TIFF for Format on the scan setting screen The machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the computer When you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen The confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete If you continue scanning load the original on the platen glass and start scanning If you do not continue scanning press the left Function button The scanned data is forwarded to the computer Scanned data is forwarded to the computer according to the settings specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility Remove the original on the platen glass after scanning is complete J Important e If the scanning result with Auto scan is not satisfactory select Document or Photo according to the original in step 3 then specify the scan size or other setting items in step 4 If you want to scan originals with advanced settings or if you want to edit or print the scanned images If you scan originals from a computer using My Image Garden My Image
330. ng from a COMPUIE 0 c creceestoaeetdesedeatetianee evao 508 Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine 2220055 510 Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 511 Attaching the Scanned Data to E mail Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 515 Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 0 518 Network Scan SOUS aeran a a AN AAS A E E a eels 520 Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan Utility 522 Troubleshootn e sccrrrrr renski a 5s 6 84 EE A e E R 525 Problems with Network Communication 0000 000 eee eee eee eee 526 Problems with the Machine While Using with Network 0 0 000 e eee eee 527 The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly TOTP TEET Se eer ee e 528 Poning Speed E SOW sarraie iaaa a a a See a aa aA 531 Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings vibes D92 Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network s2504020sdeensHeoheneneetoned dpeadeenen Haaene s 533 Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication aaau auaa aaaea 534 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 535 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 240 536 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3
331. ng its curl When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and keeping it on a level surface e For Plain Paper Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side For Other Paper If the curl on the four corners of the paper is more than 0 1 inch 3 mm A in height the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly In such cases follow the procedure described below to correct the paper curl 568 A 1 Roll up the paper in the opposite direction to the paper curl as shown below pg he 2 Check that the paper is now flat We recommend printing curl corrected paper one sheet at a time Note e Depending on the media type the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly even if it is not curled inward In such cases follow the procedure described below to curl the paper outward within 0 1 inch 3 mm B in height before printing This may improve the print result C C Printing side We recommend printing paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the loaded paper If you notice abrasion even with t
332. ng the front page there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page Operation stops temporarily Do not touch the paper during this time You can change the ink drying wait time from Custom Settings in the Canon lJ Printer Utility Note e When you use duplex printing the print area becomes slightly smaller than the normal print area Related Topic Changing the Printer Operation Mode 322 Printing on Postcards This section describes the procedure for postcard printing 1 Load postcard on the printer 2 Select paper size in the Print Dialog Select Postcard or Postcard Double from the Paper Size menu J Important e Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer e When printing a return postcard always set the paper size to Postcard Double from your application software or the printer driver e Do not fold the return postcard If a crease is formed the printer will not be able to feed the postcard properly and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam e With return postcards borderless printing cannot be used 3 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu 4 Select the media type For Media Type select the same paper type loaded in the printer D Important e This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached e When printing on each side of a postcard separately you will get cleaner printing if you print the mess
333. ning Auto head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning Bottom plate cleaning 190 The confirmation screen will appear 4 Select Yes then press the OK button The machine starts cleaning the print head deeply Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the deep cleaning of the print head This takes about 1 to 2 minutes The pattern print confirmation screen will appear 5 Select Yes then press the OK button The nozzle check pattern will be printed 6 When the completion message appears press the OK button 5 Examine the nozzle check pattern If a particular color is not printed properly replace the ink tank of that color If the problem is not resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved the print head may be damaged Contact the service center 191 Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position DJ Note e If the remaining ink level is low the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly Replace the ink tank whose ink is low You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper including recycled paper Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in th
334. nning Multiple Items at One Time Saving after Checking Scan Results Sending Scanned Images via E mail Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR gt IJ Scan Utility Screens 411 What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan documents photos etc You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon in the IJ Scan Utility main screen 8600 Canon Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series i a i Ag Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions Settings What You Can Do with IJ Scan Utility Scan Easily according to Purposes You can scan by simply clicking an icon such as Auto to scan easily Document to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability or Photo to scan with settings suitable for photos according to the item type or your purpose DJ Note e Refer to IJ Scan Utility Main Screen for details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen Save Scanned Images Automatically Scanned images are automatically saved in a preset folder You can change the folder as required J Note The default save folder is the Pictures folder e Refer to Settings Dialog for how to specify a folder Integrate with Applications You can utilize scanned images through integration with other applications display scanned images in your favorite application a
335. not Scan at the Correct Size Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Panel Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor 588 Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor If the image is jagged increase the scanning resolution or select TIFF or PNG in Data Format of the Settings dialog Resolution Settings Dialog Set the display size to 100 Some applications do not display images clearly if the display size is too small If moire stripe pattern appears take the following measures and scan again e Set one of the following settings in the Settings Document Scan dialog Settings Custom Scan dialog or Settings Scan and Stitch dialog of IJ Scan Utility then scan from the IJ Scan Utility main screen Set Select Source to Magazine and set Color Mode to Color Select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then set one of the following settings Select Magazine for Image Adjustment Select the Descreen checkbox Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details Note If moire appears when you scan a digital print photo take the above measures and scan a
336. not be printed correctly Replace the ink tank whose ink is low You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette After pushing the cassette back the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Register cassette paper info Page size lt 4 4 Type Plain paper OK Register Cancel If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Open the paper output tray gently 4 Print the nozzle check pattern 1 Select Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Select Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 3 Select Print nozzle check pattern then press the OK button 184 ET GLE Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning Bottom plate cleaning The confirmation screen will appear 4 Select Yes then press the OK button The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the LCD 5 Examine the nozzle check pattern 185 Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern and clean the print head if nece
337. notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 41 Preparing to Use PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Follow the steps described below to register the printer information to the cloud service server 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet 2 From t
338. npr na osnovi jedan za jedan kada kupujete sli an novi proizvod ili ovl enom centru za prikupljanje za recikla u istro ene elektri ne i elektronske opreme EEE Nepravilno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada mo e da ima mogu e negativne posledice po ivotnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE U isto vreme va a saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda e doprineti efikasnom kori enju prirodnih resursa Za vi e informacija o tome gde mo ete da predate va u staru opremu radi recikliranje vas molimo da kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti komunalne slu be odobreni plan recikla e ili Gradsku isto u Za vi e informacija o vra anju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda posetite stranicu www canon europe com weee India only Mx This product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the e waste Management and Handling Rules 2011 This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information rega
339. ns ia Can be used with genuine Canon ink 6 Select Register CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM greeting card This app is available exclusively to users of genuine Canon inks You can print various greeting Register The registration is completed and the app is added to the apps list To register another app repeat the procedure from step 5 To end the app registration select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen Important Some apps may require a linked app account before you can use the app If this is the case set up an account beforehand Delete apps You can delete unnecessary apps from the apps list Follow the steps described below to delete apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Add delete Manage 46 3 Select Delete registered apps Register apps Delete apps Sort 4 From the apps list select the app that you want to delete Delete apps WAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums DJ Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model ia Can be used with genuine Canon ink 5 Select Delete CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft This app is available exclusively to users of genuine Canon inks You can print various paper
340. nt When you execute printing the printer prints according to the specified settings Paper Size With AirPrint the paper size is selected automatically according to the app being used on the Apple device and the region in which AirPrint is used When Apple s photo app is used the default paper size is L size in Japan and 4 x6 or KG in other countries and regions When documents are printed from Apple s Safari app the default paper size is letter size in the U S region and A4 in Japan and Europe Important Your app may support different paper sizes Checking the Print Status During printing a Print Center icon is displayed in the list of recently used apps and you can use it to check the print progress Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking mode Then swipe to the right to display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary 102 Print Center Deleting a Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint use one of the following two methods From the printer If your printer has a LCD monitor use the operation panel to cancel the print job If you printer does not have aLCD monitor press the Stop button on the printer to cancel the print job From an Apple device Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking mode and then swipe to the right Tap the Print Center icon to display a Print Summary Tap the print job to be canceled and then tap C
341. nting Check that the user s e mail address for using this service is registered If you want to check the error details the printer owner have to access the login URL https pr mp c ij com po In the Print Status screen click Go to Print History Screen and check the history of jobs that were sent You can check the error details 110 If you want to check the error details the printer owner have to access the login URL https pr mp c ij com po Note e For a wireless LAN connection after the printer is turned on it may take a few minutes before communication becomes possible Confirm that your printer is connected to the wireless LAN and then try printing If You Cannot Register to the Service or Delete the Service If You Cannot Register to the Service e If the printer operation panel display the message Failed to register with Print from E mail the registration to Print from E mail may not have been completed in time Select OK to release the error and start over again from the beginning e Check that the firmware version of the printer has been updated If You Do Not Receive the URL to Complete the Registration by E mail An incorrect e mail address may have been entered Wait about 30 minutes and operate the printer operation panel to print the printer registration URL and PIN code Then re register from the beginning If You Cannot Delete the Service e If the printer operation panel display the
342. nting after removing all the jammed paper a piece of paper may remain inside the machine In this case confirm that no piece of paper remains inside the machine If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 625 In Other Cases Make sure of the following Are there any foreign objects around the paper output slot eis Is the paper curled Load the paper after correcting its curl 626 1003 Cause The machine is out of paper or paper does not feed Action Close the paper output tray pull the cassette out then load the paper When you load the paper insert the paper stack until the leading edge touches the far end of the cassette After loading the paper push the cassette so that the gt mark on the cassette aligns with the lt mark on the machine Open the paper output tray then press the machine s OK button 3 Note e If you want to cancel printing press the machine s Stop button 627 1200 Cause The operation panel is open Action Close the operation panel and wait for a while Do not close it while you are replacing an ink tank 628 1250 Cause The paper output tray is closed Action Open the paper output tray to resume printing 629 1310 Cause The size of paper may not be compatible with automatic duplex printing Action The sizes of media
343. nting profile to be deleted e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 In the print dialog select Show Presets in the Presets section Then in the dialog that appears select the name of the printing profile to be deleted e If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 On Presets in the Print dialog select the name of printing profile you want to delete 2 Delete the printing profile e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 Click Delete and click OK The selected printing profiles will be deleted from Presets e If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 On Presets in the Print dialog click Delete The selected printing profiles will be deleted from Presets 214 Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows Power Off The Power Off function turns off the printer When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver 1 Select Power Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Execute power off Click Power Off and when the confirmation message appears click OK The printer power switches off Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off Auto Power The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received The Auto
344. o select Access point mode settings then press the OK button The screen to enter the access point name SSID is displayed Press the OK button Enter the access point name up to 32 characters Enter the access point name when you use the machine as an access point Press the left Function button to finish entering the name Press the left Function button to finish specifying the access point name Use the 4 button to select the security setting then press the OK button Disable Finishes the access point settings without specifying the security setting WPA2 PSK AES Specifies the security setting applying WPA2 PSK AES Proceed to the next step when the screen to specify the password is displayed Press the OK button 241 13 Enter the password 8 to 10 characters 14 Press the left Function button to finish entering the password 15 Press the left Function button to finish specifying the password setting DJ Note e If you change the access point mode setting of the machine also change the access point setting of the external device such as a computer or a smartphone 242 Information about Network Connection gt Useful Information about Network Connection 243 Useful Information about Network Connection gt Default Values Set at Factory Network Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name gt Connecting to Other Co
345. o the power cord connector of the machine then turn it back on Unplug the machine from the power supply then plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on after leaving it for at least 3 minutes If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 596 The Machine Turns Off Unintentionally Deactivate the setting to turn the unit off automatically The machine turns off automatically according to the elapsed time you specified if you activate the setting to turn the unit off automatically If you do not want the machine to turn off automatically open Canon IJ Printer Utility select Power Settings in the pop up menu then select Disable for Auto Power Off on Auto Power Note e You can activate the setting to turn the machine on off automatically from the operation panel of the machine About ECO settings 597 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly Printing or Scanning Speed Is Slow Hi Speed USB Connection Does Not Work If your system environment is not fully compatible with Hi Speed USB the machine will operate at a lower speed provided under USB 1 1 In this case the machine operates properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to communication speed Check the following to make sure that your system environment supports Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB port on your computer support Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi Spe
346. ocuments with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog 457 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the
347. ogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition Cleaning the print head consumes ink so clean the print head only when necessary You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette After pushing the cassette back the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Register cassette paper info Page size lt A4 Type Plain paper OK Register Cancel If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Open the paper output tray gently 4 Clean the print head 1 Select Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Select EJ Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 3 Select Cleaning then press the OK button Maintenance Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning Bottom plate cleaning 188 The confirmation screen will appear 4 Select Yes then press the OK button The machine starts cleaning the print head Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head This takes about 1 minute The pattern print confirmation screen will appear 5
348. older specified in Save in Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu 475 Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 476 Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog yr Click Attach to E mail Photo on the uta Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Attach to E mail Photo dialog In the Settings Attach to E mail Photo dialog you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e mail as photos after scanning them from the operation panel e000 Settings Attach to E mail Photo jej i cS Save 10 PC Auto Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting lt m LJ Save to PC Photo Resolution Use Device Setting Save Settings LJ Save ta PC Decumont File Name IMG Save in jj Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting Docsners JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings E mail Client None Attach Manually Instructions Defaults mx 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When yo
349. om the platen glass and load the second sheet on the platen glass then press the OK button The machine starts scanning the second sheet of original and copying D gt Note If you do not need more scanning press the left Function button The machine starts copying e You can add the copying job while printing Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy 404 e If you use this function in combination with Two sided copy the Document setting screen is displayed after scanning the second sheet of original is complete Follow the on screen instructions to scan the third and fourth sheet of original 405 Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page When you select 4 on 1 copy for Layout in Standard copy you can copy four original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image Four different layouts are available Press the right Function button on the Copy standby screen to display the print settings screen then select 4 on 1 copy for Layout al Standard copy 1 Page size A4 Type Plain paper Print alty Standard Layout 4 on 1 copy gt OK End setup Advanced Press the right Function button to specify the orientation and the advanced layout DJ Note e The layout is the same regardless of the orientation When you select Upper left to right for 4 on 1 copy layout oes When you select Upper right to left for 4 on 1 copy layout Hep o When you select Upper left to bottom fo
350. ommended printing area If you are printing beyond the recommended printing area of your printing paper the lower edge of the paper may become stained with ink Resize your original document in your application software Printing Area Is the platen glass dirty Clean the platen glass Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Is the paper feed roller dirty Clean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller DJ Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary Is the inside of the machine dirty When performing duplex printing the inside of the machine may become stained with ink causing the printout to become smudged Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning DJ Note e To prevent the inside of the machine from stains set the paper size correctly CAW Set the time to dry the printed surface longer Doing so gives the printed surface enough time to dry so that paper smudged and scratched are prevented 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Open the Canon IJ Printer Utility gt Opening the Canon lJ Printer Utility 3 Select Custom Settings in the pop up menu 570 4 Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and then click Apply 5 Confirm the message and click OK 571 Back of the Paper Is Smudged
351. ommunicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is made up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name e Password WEP Password WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal and key number of 1 to 4 e Performance Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used e Proxy server A server that links a LAN connected computer to the Internet When using a proxy server specify the address and the port number of the proxy server 280 R S e e PSK An encryption method employed by WPA WPA2 Router A relay device to connect to another network Signal Level The strength of the signal received by the printer from the access point is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 SSID Unique label for wireless LAN It is often represented such as a network name or an access point name SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is made up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name Stealth In the stealth mode an access point hides itse
352. on Open the operation panel then confirm that the protective material or the tape does not remain attached to the print head holder If you find the protective material or the tape remains attached remove it then close the operation panel B If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 653 2110 Cause The paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the machine DJ Note e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac e For copying specify the paper settings for copying so that they match the cassette paper information e For details on the cassette paper information registering to the machine Paper setting for Printing Windows Paper setting for Printing Mac Paper setting for Printing Smartphone and so on If the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the machine as the following a message is displayed on the LCD e Print settings specified on the printer driver Paper size B5 M
353. on Id Network Tool SCESN 2426249208 by ete deed Gere eee dbeeee see RERE SAT 255 Canon IJ Network Tool Menus eer eee PE E eee rer erida Or Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 c eee eee 259 Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Mim EAE TT TERETE TEET PESTINE 263 Changing the WPA WPA2Z Detailed Settings 2 0 0 5 66 0 6 ee ee ee eee 265 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet 000000 eee 267 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet 0 200 c eee eee eee 268 Monitoring Wireless Network Status rei ccrcs cere e au Raed ee RE eA ote eh ees 270 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine 0 0000 cece ee 272 Viewing the Modified Settings ic 4 44 ccoee ad iiaa aa a a a R a 273 Appendix for Network COmmuniGatOn lt isctda0ncdoticiew ne ederdav new ddeee arn hedew anand 274 Using ihe Card Slot over a NEIWORK ox 4 4 c0 cng s Boreas a ha a a a i a ere 275 About TeShhital TEMG ust au a rorta na a We BE Ee a raaa rA 277 Restrictions PAR Sige ela aes i ahs Schl ais oat ata Reh Hea a a eres 284 Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Qualily 2 2 2220000eeeeeeeeee50u 285 Useful Information about Wikes5 oki0cseveeeehe see heer pie kPa eee raya eee buses eee saa 286 Key Pointe to Successful Printing 21 ac4cc0ksoud eee nd aure soa ected ee etch e eee ieee St ae 288 Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing 2 s0 0cs
354. on for color copying or the Black button for black amp white copying The machine starts copying Remove the original on the platen glass after copying is complete 388 J Important e Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass until scanning is completed Note e To cancel copying press the Stop button Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy You can add the copying job while printing Reserve copy The screen below is displayed when you can add the copying job Copying Place another document and select to copy successively Left 50 ed BUBLUB M BK Y PGBKC olen Load the original on the platen glass and press the same button the Color button or the Black button as the one which you previously pressed Important When you load the original on the platen glass move the document cover gently DJ Note e When Print qlty print quality is set High you cannot add the copying job e When you add the copying job the number of copies or the settings such as the page size or media type cannot be changed If you press the Stop button while reserve copying is in progress the screen to select the method to cancel copying is displayed If you select Cancel all reservations then press the OK button you can cancel copying all scanned data If you select Cancel the last reservation then press the OK button you can cancel the last copying job If you set a do
355. onnected to the printer in access point mode cannot communicate with each other Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using the access point mode When a device has been connected to the printer without using an access point and you want to set it up again using the same connection method disconnect it first Disable the connection between the device and printer in the Wi Fi setting screen e e e Connection Using a Wired Network e This printer cannot be used over wireless and wired connections at the same time e When using a router connect the printer and a device to the LAN side same network segment 36 Notice for Web Service Printing When Using Web Service e e e e e e e e Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided the availability of site access or permission to download the materials Canon may at any time update change or delete the information provided through the web service or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web services User registration is necessary before using the photo sharing site When you use the photo sharing site observe the conditions of use of the site and use the service within your own responsibility All
356. ons If you plan to use the web service to print documents be sure to check these precautions beforehand Printer specification Check that Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center supports the printer Network environment The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Operating requirements For computers smartphones and tablet devices see Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Important e This service may not be available in certain countries or regions Also even if the service is available there are apps that cannot be used in certain regions Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 58 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Computer x86 or x64 1 6 GHz or higher A Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher Monitor display Number of display colors 24 bits true color or higher Internet Explorer 8 Windows XP SP3 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 Windows Vista SP1 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 10 Windows 7 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 10 Windows 8 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 11 Windows 8 1 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Mac OS X v10 6 OS X Mavericks v10 9 Safari 5 1 6 7 When you use Internet Explorer 8 the web pages may
357. ons on the web page e With network connection scanning takes longer than USB connection Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility In the IJ Scan Utility main screen select your scanner or printer that is connected to a network 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Select Canon XXX series Network where XXX is the model name for Product Name You can scan via a network connection Note e If you cannot scan check that your scanner or printer is selected in the network selection screen e For USB connection select Canon XXX series where XXX is the model name for Product Name Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings 8900 Canon I Sean Utility2 Product Name Canon series a M Ge k E Auto Ih Document JL Photo i Custom JL Stitch Driver _ Instructions The Settings dialog appears 3 Click the i General Settings tab 520 The Settings General Settings dialog appears 4 In Product Name select an item with Network after the product name then click Select that appears to its right The network selection screen appears 5 Click Scan from Operation Panel Settings The Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen appears 6 Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK 7 Return to the network selection screen then click OK
358. ori a for a home or sal office hy p 1i Seourty qnatied meios nebwerk WPA wil bt j Li Securtty qratled va elect nebwcrh WPAZ will A Ii Securtty enabled meeles network gn Wireless Network Connection The network TGP S requires a network key ako called a WEP key or WPA key A network key helps prevent unknown intruders from connecting to this network Type the hey and then cick Connect eeeceeee 12 When connection is complete click Back until the screen below appears Proceed with the setup Canon eap meg p Vou cen select whether to ute the printer vie USE correction or LAN connection Folios the cemecreen ratructions to select the commection GRALIS Netaork setup is required ahpn using the printer via LAN conmection If the setup i sireedy completed the Comrection ia confirmed automatically If the setup not completed follow the orrecreen Petrctoes 10 set wo the printer 34 Restrictions When connecting another device while a device such as a smartphone is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection Connection Using an Access Point Make sure that a device and an access point or wireless network router are connected
359. ostcards business cards magazines newspapers documents and BD DVD CD 454 e To scan the following types of items specify the item type or size You cannot scan correctly with Auto e A4 size photos e Text documents smaller than 2L 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as paperback pages with the spine cut off e Items printed on thin white paper e Long narrow items such as panoramic photos e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected e Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Refer to Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer for how to place items Note e To convert text in the image into text data after scanning specify Select Source instead of selecting Auto To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item DJ Note e Only Color is available when Select Source is Auto Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK Width inches 1 00 8 50 Height 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 Unit inches il Cancel Defaults Note e Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto e Click Defaults in the screen in which you can specify the paper size to restore the specified settings
360. ot start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults ax 5 Specify the file name and other settings in Save Settings 523 eoo Settings Save to PC Auto am if worowo Scan Options Paper Size Auto g gE Save to PC Photo Resolution Auto j re Image Processing Settings ted a3 Save 1 PC Document Save Settings mi m Attach to E mail Photo File Name IMG Save in D Pictures Attach to E maz SJ Document Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard M Create a PDF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden J Send to an application 4 Preview _ Send to a folder None _ Oo not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults eax 6 Select the application you want to start after scanning in Application Settings e00 Settings Save to PC Auto l paii morowo Scan Options Paper Size Auto 7 gE Save to PC Photo Resolution Auto m Image Processing Settings c 2 Swawre Cocument Save Settings E Attach to E mas Photo File Name IMG kd Save in D Pictures Din Altach to E mail Document Data Format Auto n JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard Mi Create a PDF file that suppo
361. ou can add the application from the pop up menu 5 Click OK eoo Settings Document Scan lela ii Secale Image Processing Settings Save Settings T AEE Save in B Pictures Data Format JPEG Exif a E cxstom scan JPEG Image Quality Standard E C Save to a subfolder with current date mi Scan and Stitch _ Check scan results a Ddvor Application Settings JOpen with an application My Image Garden a _ Send to an application 48 Preview _ Send to a folder None Attach to mail None Attach Manually Start OCR 7 Output to Text s _ Do not start any application More Functions a The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 433 Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Driver Dialog 6 Click Document 8600 Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series i al Ss Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Oriver Instructions Settings Scanning starts When scanning is completed the scanned images are saved according to the settings and the extracted text appears in the specified application Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Text displayed in your text editor is for guidance only Text in the image of the following types of documents may not be detected correctly
362. ou can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in DJ Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide 442 Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 443 Settings Document Scan Dialog Tr Click Document Scan on the L Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Document Scan dialog In the Settings Document Scan dialog you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as documents eoo Settings Document Scan pe 2 ii Auto Sean Scan Options Select Source Document Color Mode Color _ Paper Size Letter Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings l Photo Scan Custom Scan E Scan and Sitch File Name IMG A Save in ij Pictures m Otvor Data Format PDF Multiple Pages Save Settings POF Compression Standard V Create a POF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date
363. ove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer eae eo Make sure that the scanner driver is installed If not installed install the scanner driver from the web page Select your scanner or printer on the application s menu D Note e The operation may differ depending on the application Make sure that the application supports the ICA driver You cannot start the scanner driver from applications not supporting the ICA driver Exit the scanner driver if it is running on another application 581 Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Check if you can properly scan one item Some applications do not support multiple image scanning In that case scan each item individually 582 Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Multiple items scanning may not be supported Some applications do not support multiple image scanning In that case scan each item individually 583 Slow Scanning Speed To view the image on a monitor set the output resolution to around 150 dpi To print set it to around 300 dpi Resolution Set Fading Correction Grain Correction etc to None Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details In IJ Scan Utility deselect the Correct slanted text
364. p Scan or Print amp Fax To display the printing status screen select the name of your printer model from the printer list and then click Open Print Queue 2 Checking the printing status You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 or OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 e008 Canon MG5600 series 1 Job Deletes the specified print job Stops printing the specified document Resumes printing the specified document ay Stops printing all documents D Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped and resumes printing all documents e If you are using OS X Lion v10 7 or Mac OS X v10 6 8 362 eoo Canon MG5600 series 1 Job Today 14 23 Deletes the specified print job Stops printing the specified document Resumes printing the specified document Displays the print job information Stops printing all documents bd Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped and resumes printing all documents 363 Deleting the Undesired Print Job If the printer does not start printing canceled or failed print job data may be remaining Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan or Print amp Fax 2 Select your model and then click Open Print Queue The print status check scr
365. p menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Click the Deep Cleaning icon 196 When the dialog opens select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed Click to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning 3 Execute deep cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK Click OK when the confirmation message appears Print head deep cleaning starts 4 Complete deep cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel D Important e Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Note e If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning turn off the printer wait 24 hours and then perform Deep Cleaning again If there is still no sign of improvement the ink may have run out or the print head may be worn For details on the remedial action to be taken see Ink Is Not Ejected Related Topic Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern 197 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern Print the pattern i
366. papers select a standard size A4 Letter etc to scan originals Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass and align it with the alignment mark Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned A4 LTR 33 Important e The machine cannot scan the striped area A 0 04 inch 1 mm from the edges of the platen glass A Loading Only One Original in the Center of the platen glass e Scan only one printed photo in Photo copy e In Scan select Auto scan for Doc type to scan one printed photo postcard business card or disc 165 select Photo for Doc type and specify Auto scan for Scan size to scan one original Scan one printed photo postcard business card or disc with a software application on a computer Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN with 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen glass Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned Loading Two or More Originals on the platen glass e Scan two or more printed photos in Photo copy e In Scan select Auto scan for Doc type to scan two or more printed photos postcards or business cards select Photo for Doc type and specify Auto multi scan for Scan size to scan two or more originals e Scan two or more printed photos postcards or business cards with a software application on a computer Place the originals WITH
367. peration panel 3 Note The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings e800 Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series asl CJ Fira Document Custom Stitch Oriver Instructions C settings The Settings dialog appears 3 Click Photo Scan e000 Settings Photo Scan lels if Auto Scan Scan Options Select Source Photo aaa Document Scan Color Mode Color Paper Size Auto scan Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings Custom Scan C Save Settings Sonar Sees File Name IMG 2 Deer Save in D Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard _ Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden Send to an application 44 Preview Send tn a folder None 2i 1 Instructions Defaults oK 4 Select the Check scan results checkbox then click OK 426 e000 Settings Photo Scan pea if Auto Scan Scan Options Select Source Photo r aa Document Scan Color Mode Color Paper Size Auto scan g Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings Custom Sean Save Settings mial oe File Name IMG a Dor Save in O Pictures Data Format JPEG Exif JPEG Image
368. plain paper JA 3 Select mM Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The menu screen is displayed 4 Select Les Device settings then press the OK button 5 Use the 4 button to select LAN settings then press the OK button 6 Use the 4 button to select Confirm LAN settings then then press the OK button 7 Use the 4 button to select Print LAN details then press the OK button 8 Use the button to select Yes then press the OK button to start printing The machine starts printing the network setting information The following information on the machine s network setting is printed out ee SSID SSID SSID of the wireless LAN SSID of the access point mode Password of the access point mode 8 to 10 alphanumeric characters 249 IPv6 IP Address 2 Selected IP Address IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Authentication Method of the Authentication none auto open shared WPA PSK WPA2 PSK IPv6 Default Gateway 2 Default Gateway IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Subnet Prefix Length 2 Subnet Prefix Length Security Protocol 3 Method of the Security Protocol ESP ESP amp AH AH Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous reception Enable Disable wireless LAN Other Settings Other settings Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name Up to 52 alphanumeric Printer Name Printer name Up to 15 alphanumeric characters characters PictBridge
369. port PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive printing materials PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via My Image Garden Downloaded PREMIUM Contents can be printed directly with My Image Garden To download PREMIUM Contents make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks ink cartridges are installed for all colors on a supported printer Note The designs of PREMIUM Contents provided in this page are subject to change without prior notice 27 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages anytime and anywhere by simply accessing Easy PhotoPrint on the web from a computer or tablet By using Easy PhotoPrint you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation Moreover you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as Facebook or with online storage web albums etc Refer to Easy PhotoPrint Guide for details 28 Connection Methods Available on the Machine The following connection methods are available on the machine p Wireless Connection With an access point J o Without an access point Jo g D USB Connection 3S Wireless Connection There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device such as a smartphone One method is to connect using an access point and the other method is to connect without usin
370. print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion e When printing from your computer You can confirm the intensity using the printer driver Adjusting Intensity e When copying Setting Items for Copying Is Photo Paper used for printing photographs When printing data with high color saturation such as photographs or images in deep color we recommend using Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon speciality paper Media Types You Can Use 567 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged The Edges of Paper Are Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Is the appropriate type of paper used Check the followings e Check to see if the paper you are printing on is suitable for your printing purpose Media Types You Can Use e When performing Borderless Printing make sure that the paper you are using is suitable for Borderless Printing If the paper you are using is not suitable for Borderless Printing the print quality may be reduced at the top and bottom edges of the paper Printing Area Load the paper after correcti
371. printer Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer 4 When the confirmation message is displayed select OK 5 Enter your Printer registration ID and select OK 90 Add printer Add a printer Enter the printer registration ID Printer registration ID About printer registration ID Cancel DJ Note When you access the service from Remote UI the Printer registration ID is entered automatically 6 Enter the Password for the account you obtained beforehand and select OK Authentication is required to perform this process Enter your password E mail address Password Printer addition is completed If a printer added message is not displayed follow the instructions on the displayed screen Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 91 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If an app cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list If the information is not updated when you press the Update button If you do not receive the registration e mail Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac nAn E e e e i If an app cannot be installed Check the country or region where the printer was purchased If the printer is taken outs
372. printer screen Select printer screen Mng printer Updated date May 1 2014 5 01 AM e series f x Copy apps a Add printer From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center change printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps Check the printer information series Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error occurred on the printer Display update date time of the printer information Mng printer Updated date May 1 2014 5 01 AM e series Copy apps 72 This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras f the screen shown below appears Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series 4 series Cancel Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name D gt Note e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you select
373. puter queues in the machine and you may not be able to continue to print Press the Stop button to cancel printing 291 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off If you press the ON button to turn off the power the machine caps the print head nozzles automatically to prevent from drying If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the POWER lamp is turned off the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging When unplugging the power cord make sure that the POWER lamp is not lit Print periodically Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time even if it is capped the print head too may become dried or clogged if the machine has not been used for a long time We recommend you to use the machine at least once a month Note e Depending on the type of paper ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint stick or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area 292 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine When relocating the machine make sure of the following D Important e Pack the machine in a sturdy box so that it is placed with i
374. pying with B5 on the paper loaded in the cassette Replace the paper and print Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 you load B5 sized paper in the cassette before you start printing or copying The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting the cassette Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette Note e If you do not know what paper information to register to the machine press the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed When the previous screen is displayed confirm the paper size and the media type then register them to the machine 385 e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Cancel Cancels printing Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying Change the paper settings then try printing again DJ Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting When you disable the message the machine starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and th
375. r support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall down 3J Note e If the paper is rolled up and it is difficult to remove grasp the edges of the paper then remove the jammed paper e If you cannot remove the jammed paper from the transport unit close the transport unit take back the machine in original position then remove the paper from inside the machine Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine 7 Close the transport unit D9 Note e After you close the transport unit take back the machine in original position at once 621 8 Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on All print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 622 Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or from the transport unit or if the jammed paper remains inside the machine remove the paper following the procedure below Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply 2 Lift up and open the operation panel until it stops gt Important e Do not touch
376. r 4 on 1 copy layout ae When you select Upper right to bottom for 4 on 1 copy layout ea N 406 After selecting the layout and press the OK button you can select whether you use the preview screen If you select ON the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation Note e If Device memory is full Cannot continue process appears on the LCD when scanning set the print quality to Standard then try copying again If the problem is not resolved set the print quality to Draft and try copying again This function can be used in combination with Two sided copy If you use this function in combination you can copy eight original pages on one sheet of paper In this case four original pages are copied on each side of paper If you use this function in combination select 2 sided for 2 sidedPrintSetting then select the orientation and the stapling side of print paper on the Print settings screen For details on two sided copy function Two Sided Copying When checking the orientation When you are using the preview screen the screen below is displayed before copying starts so that you can check the orientation Check orientation OK Scan __ Rescan J p 3 1 Rotate If you press the right Function button the original rotates by 180 degrees 2 Rescan If you press the left Function button the original is rescanned Press the OK button to start scanning When scann
377. r Brightness The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Printer Canon MG5600 series Presets Default Settings Copies 2 O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation F t gt Color Options ABCDEF 1234567 Sample Type Standard View Color Pattern lew igh 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the data is printed at the specified brightness gt Important e If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the Brightness appears grayed out and is unavailable 340 Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 341 Adjusting Intensity You can dilute brighten or intensify darken the colors of the overall image data during printing The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed No adjustment Higher intensity The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Adjust intensity Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies darkens the colors and moving the slider to the left dilutes brightens the colors You ca
378. r Gordes cs od danas bind Gaui naaa 137 Notice tor Unplugging the Power Cord ss 0c asoe aa denne at iene a ereee a aiid Ged asi ana sis 138 LOD and Operation Panehncs veninghe awn dnd hota h dae Sukie abe eee wade ems ates 139 L ading Paper CmeWale 2c osc eeaseed dese e es ond eetas Soddeae ee beeseeossy 141 SAG AGE sears ete a Rok Cee eee am ade an me ae eae A 142 Loading Plain Papers Photo Paper 5 25449 240302829 2644 6055496454 89 14 eho base Ged 143 Loading Envelopes stage asked Sige dees aA EOR cane RE PARETI TEETE TETT 148 Media Types You Can Use cc ccdcedde dnt tieedtdidetaewedsdabadeete A ARE 153 Paper Load Limit AANS gray T ewes peat eens eee marie ace sea 155 Media Types You Cammot Wee speis pane darreen ie errer BARS SE dew aa 157 Printing Area TETE PTEE E T E eee Paha cia bs waned eeu TETTE aia ae eae 160 Printing Aaa ieseana igea et A a hte Ad BAA AH Adank PMN EARS Dee RR EA PAAR AA 159 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes TEPE EEEE EELEE TETS eee ee ee 160 Eeter Legalis syp adupii A eaten Geek Ack idr iaaa i d acdsee Wabi a a ioa Ba ke 161 Envel ODES eaaa a dS ore eee a a aie aE eR 162 Locmor Eeee E E AEE E RE wees Maan E a Sons 163 Loading Originals on the Platen Glass asuasasuasrasesrereureserrerererrirenui 164 How to Load Originals for Each Function assa auaa aaaea 165 Originals You Can LOGG 2 24 62 35 icete ear p a athe te a E a D R 167 How to Detach A
379. r TIPOM ORENA TEER sauna eee aortica PA There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed 000 c eee eee 585 Computer Stops Operating during Scanning enn TEEST areo eE EENS TTT 586 Scanned Image Does Not OPEN s c6a6 o008649 ede be RNP eadedaMeheias vee s ORES dees 587 Scan Results Not Satisfactory AEN sata eee Teer ee Peas TIF awa OOo Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor 1 6 6 cece eee eee 589 Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas ee re TTET ET TITT ssas D90 Cannot Scan at the Correct SIZO orari ciri Geese JAN HED dane e O40 DR a eir 591 Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Pal 424 errin e na E a a a a E A a A a eee eee 592 Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted a na ananunua 993 Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor 00 005 594 Problems with the MACHING lt ccd ccecedutupdeduiddedeletebusceeeeues sea ets 595 The Machine Cannot Be Powered On 4 csek eeu aana aaaeeeaa aa 596 The Machine Turns Off Unintenti nally sssi 2402400424 faodcadsd iaanurwss digo haa kaa 597 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly n n naana nananana 598 Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection eet ee ee SOFE E EE E amp Oe LEC annie BE SEEN A Alles dat cka ea aiiok a eaa h a i aai alaaa aa k 600 An Unintended Language Is
380. r information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 7 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head The first pattern is printed Important Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress 8 Check the printed pattern 200 Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes and click OK A A J Sa et aa a a Sa lt a a aa a oe re Oe ee Ue oG GM Ea a a gt a f M z Soo E s lt E o E 4 os E os E s op EE op a e GE 2 3 a eG o om o em i E e o om 2 3 a EE aa gt y aa amp 4 EE g J T oa o 3J Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks 9 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The second pattern is printed 33 Important Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress 10 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable stripes or streaks in the associated boxes and click OK 201 TI iiit LL T JJ Note e If it is difficult to pick the be
381. r or its representatives including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists source code control systems and issue tracking systems that are managed by or on behalf of the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as Not a Contribution Contributor shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work 2 Grant of Copyright License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable copyright license to reproduce prepare Derivative Works of publicly display publicly perform sublicense and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form 3 Grant of Patent License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable except as stated in this section patent license to make have made use offer to sell sell import and otherwise transfer the Work where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution s alone or by combination of their Contribu
382. r printing your important photos Media Types Commercially available papers e Plain Paper including recycled paper e Envelopes 1 Canon genuine papers The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side and notes on handling paper For information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper access our website Note e You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region of purchase Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number Purchase paper by name Paper for printing photos Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt e Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt e Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt Paper for printing business documents e High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt 1 Paper for creating your own prints T Shirt Transfers lt TR 301 gt 1 e Photo Stickers lt PS 101 gt 1 Printing to this paper from the operation panel or from a digital camera is not supported Paper Load Limit Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type DJ Note e When printing photos saved on a PictBridge compliant device you must specify the page size and medi
383. rdan This printer contains WLAN Module approved by TRC LPD 2013 130 Name of WLAN Module K30357 Only for European Union and EEA Norway Iceland and Liechtenstein pd This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the WEEE Directive 2012 19 EU and national legislation This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g on an authorized one for one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling please contact your local city office waste authority approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit www canon europe com weee 122 Korisnici u Srbiji M Ovaj simbol ozna ava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odla e sa ostalim ku nim otpadom u skladu sa WEEE Direktivom 2012 19 EU i nacionalnim zakonima Ovaj proizvod treba predati odre enom centru za prikupljanje
384. rded to the computer and attached to an e mail e If you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen 516 The confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete If you continue scanning load the original on the platen glass and start scanning If you do not continue scanning press the left Function button The scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attached to an e mail Scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attached to an e mail according to the settings specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility For the settings or how to send an e mail refer to the mail software s instruction manual Remove the original on the platen glass after scanning is complete 517 Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine You can change the scan settings such as the scan size resolution or data format When the Scan standby screen is displayed press the right Function button to select the setting item Use the Y button to select the setting item use the A button to specify the setting then press the OK button DJ Note e The scan setting cannot be specified under the following conditions When Auto scan is selected for Doc type to forward the scanned data to the computer e When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista The se
385. rding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit http www canon co in environment Also this product complies with the India E waste Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead mercury hexavalent chromium polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0 1 by weight and 0 01 by weight for Cadmium except for the exemptions set in Schedule Il of the Rule Environmental Information Reducing your environmental impact while saving money Power Consumption and Activation Time The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used This product is designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs After the last print it switches to Ready Mode In this mode it can print again immediately if required If the product is not used for a time the device switches to its Power Save Mode The devices consume less power Watt in these modes If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of time or not at all Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default 123 Energy Star The Energy Star programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models which help to minimise environmental impact Products which me
386. rea The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them 76 y series Registered Search apps was CANON iMAGE GATEWAY CANON INC pa Picasa Web Albums CANON INC Flickr CANON INC f Facebook Fy 55 E Apps Config Properties Manage jobs On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category xt series Regstered Search apps All Latest Photography xt series Productivity Registered Search apps Creativity Picasa Web Albums CANON INC i Cards Crafis Fis Apps Facebook CANON INC i Flickr CANON INC Photos in Tweets o When you select Ol the details of the app are displayed When you select onmp Tori you can choose to register or unregister the app DJ Note Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does 77 not support your model Can be used with genuine Canon ink Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at th
387. reopen the network selection screen and select the new Bonjour service name from Scanners J Note If the Bonjour service name of your scanner or printer does not appear or cannot be selected check the following click OK to close the screen then reopen it and try selecting again The scanner driver is installed e Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the scanner driver e Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear refer to Problems with Network Communication for your model from Home of the Online Manual 485 Save Settings Dialog Select the Check scan results checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog to display the Save Settings dialog after scanning You can specify the data format and destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan results Important e After scanning from My Image Garden or the operation panel the Save Settings dialog does not appear Save Settings 1 amp Save Settings memme T 3 Save in E Pictures Data Format JPEG Exif gt JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date Cancel OK 1 Preview Operation Buttons 2 Scan Results Area 3 Save Settings Area 1 Preview Operation Buttons 4 gt a Rotate Left 90 Rotate Right 90 Rotates scanned images 90 degrees counter
388. respond with the loaded paper If multiple sheets of plain paper is fed from the machine select the setting for preventing double feed of plain paper 555 If multiple sheets of plain paper is fed from the machine select the setting for preventing double feed of plain paper using the operation panel or your computer After printing is finished disable the setting for preventing double feed of plain paper otherwise the setting is applied from the next time e To set by using the operation panel Press the HOME button select Setup Device settings and Print settings in this order and then set Prevent paper double feed to ON Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD e To set by using your computer In the Canon IJ Printer Utility select Custom Settings in the pop up menu select the Prevent paper double feed check box and then click Apply To open the Canon lJ Printer Utility see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility DJ Note e Printing speed will be reduced if Prevent paper double feed function is enabled eit Clean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 556 Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing OAE
389. resses manually specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server 278 F Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network To prevent you can use the firewall function of a broadband router the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer IEEE 802 11b International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11 Mbps e IEEE 802 119 International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 54 Mbps Compatible with 802 11b e IEEE 802 11n International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges Even when using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple communication channels at the same time the transmission speed may be influenced by the connected apparatus At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps it is possible to communicate with multiple computer terminals within a dozen or so metre radius Compatible with 802 11b and 802 11g IP Address A unique number with four parts separated by dots Every network device that is connected to the Internet has an IP address Example 192 168 0 1 An IP address is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically e IPv4 IPv6 They are internetwork layer protocol used on the internet
390. rinter in Printers 3 Select Status from the View menu The Status screen is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance Status Performance Available Signal Level Link Quality Advanced Measurement toO j 1 Signal Level Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer ranging from 0 to 100 2 Link Quality Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating ranging from 0 to 100 Important If the indicated value is low move your printer closer to the wireless network device 3 Advanced Measurement Click to examine the connection performance between the printer and the access point Follow the instructions on the screen to start measuring and display the status Measurement takes a few minutes When is displayed in Connection performance between the printer and the access point the printer can communicate with the access point Otherwise refer to displayed comments and Help for improving the status of communication link and click Remeasurement e Check that the printer and the access point are located within the wireless connectivity range with no obstacles between them e Check if the distance between the printer and the access point is not too far If they are too far move them closer together within 164 ft 50 m e Check that there is no barrier or obstacle between the printer and the access point In general connection p
391. rinting Is Displayed e The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears A Message Is Displayed on the LCD Confirm the message and take an appropriate action e Power was not turned off correctly the last time Press the button when turning power off The power cord may have been unplugged last while the machine was still on Press the OK button to dismiss the error DJ Note e See Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord for unplugging the power cord e Cannot connect to the server Please wait a while and try again You cannot connect to the server due to some communication error When you have tried to access a photo sharing site it is possible that your photos have been deleted Press the OK button to dismiss the error then try again after a while Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed See Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing and take the appropriate action The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears If the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is installed the printer and application software usage information is scheduled to be sent every month for about ten years The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon appears in the Dock when it is time to send the printer usage information Read the instructions on the screen after clicking the icon then follow the procedure below 608 an Canon Inkjet Printer
392. rmation about the printer s owner 1 Print the printer registration page s URL and the PIN code 2 Access the URL and enter the owner s e mail address and other required information 3 Check if an e mail has been sent to the e mail address you entered 108 4 Access the URL provided in the e mail and complete the printer registration process Note e The e mail address that appears on the screen when you have finished registering is the e mail address that will be used just for the Print from E mail function For details about the registration procedure see here Printing from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 1 Prepare a file that you want to print The file format number of files and file size that this printing function supports are provided below Supported File Formats Adobe PDF files e JPEG files e doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files Important e Only files that are attached to e mail can be printed E mail messages cannot be printed Adobe PDF files and doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files that are encrypted password protected or set to print disabled cannot be printed e Files that are attached as compressed files cannot be printed e Files other than Adobe PDF files JPEG files and doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files cannot be printed Supported Number of Files and File Sizes Up to 10 attachment files can be printed The maximum size of an e mail with attachment fi
393. rmine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice 574 If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center SS Perform Print Head Alignment gt Aligning the Print Head 2 Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer 575 Ink Is Not Ejected Has the ink run out Open the operation panel then check the status of ink lamp Checking the Ink Status ei Is the orange tape or protective film remaining Make sure that
394. rohibited e In principle Canon shall change or delete the contents of this guide without prior notice to customers In addition Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this guide due to unavoidable reasons Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion of information in this guide or suspension stoppage of disclosure of this guide e Although the contents of this guide have been prepared with utmost care please contact the service center if you find any incorrect or missing information e In principle the descriptions in this guide are based on the product at the time of its initial sale e This guide does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon See the manual supplied with the product when using a product that is not described in this guide How to Print Use the print function of your Web browser to print this guide To print background colors and images follow the steps below to display the Print dialog options then select the Print backgrounds checkbox 1 Click Print from the File menu 2 Click Show Details or Down Arrow 3 Select Safari from the pop up menu Safari gt j Print backgrounds v Print headers and footers Symbols Used in This Document A Warning Instructions that if ignored could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation
395. rs on the LCD and the Computer Screen e 1000 to 1ZZZ 1003 1200 1250 1300 1303 1304 1310 1401 1403 1405 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1600 1660 1680 1681 1684 1688 1689 1700 1701 1712 1713 1714 1715 1871 1890 e 2000 to 2ZZZ 2110 2120 2700 2900 2901 4000 to 4ZZZ 4100 4103 e 5000 to 5ZZZ 5011 5012 5100 5200 5400 5B00 5B01 5B12 5B13 5B14 5B15 e 6000 to 6ZZZ 6000 6500 6502 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931 6932 6933 6936 6937 6938 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 A000 to ZZZZ B202 B203 B204 C000 About the support code for paper jam you can also refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 614 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed If the paper is jammed remove it following the procedure appropriate for each case e If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot 1300 e If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot 1303 e If the paper is jammed when automatic duplex printing 1304 If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or from the transport unit Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine e Cases other than above n Other Cases 615 1300 Cause Paper is jammed in the paper output slot Action If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot remove the paper following the procedure below Note If you need to turn off the machine to
396. rts and the images will be attached to a new message DJ Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e The scanned images are saved according to the settings made in the Settings dialog e When the Check scan results checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog the Save Settings dialog appears After you set the save options and click OK the scanned images are saved and automatically attached to a new message of the specified e mail client 7 Specify the recipient enter the subject and message then send e mail Refer to the manual of your e mail client for e mail settings 431 Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in your text editor Note e You can extract text when scanning via Document Custom or Driver The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings 800 Canon lJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series ca s Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver The Settings dialog appears 3 Click Document Scan e600 Settings Document Scan lejla if m Auto Scan Scan Options Select Source Document Color Mode Color Paper Size Letter Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings E csom Scan Save Settings E Scan and Sitch oa Aa Save in E Pictures File Name IMG z Data
397. rts keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden _ Send to an application 4S Preview _ Send to a folder None C Do not start any application More Functions r a Instructions Defaults 7 Click OK The responses will be executed according to the specified settings when you start scanning from the operation panel 524 Troubleshooting The Machine Cannot Be Powered On Printing Does Not Start Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected gt Paper Jams gt If an Error Occurs Search Each Function Problems with Network Communication Problems with Printing Problems with Printing Quality Problems with Scanning Problems with the Machine Problems with Installation Downloading About Errors Messages Displayed gt If You Cannot Resolve the Problem 525 Problems with Network Communication Problems with the Machine While Using with Network Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network gt Other Problems with Network 526 Problems with the Machine While Using with Network The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly Printing Speed Is Slow Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings 527 The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless
398. rvice s URL are displayed and the printer s registration process is completed Important e When you enter the password the following character restrictions apply Set a password that has 8 or more characters e The characters that you can use are single byte uppercase letters single byte lowercase letters and single byte numbers e In the password combine all of the different types of characters that can be used e The displayed printer s e mail address and the URL of the login page are not sent Be sure to write down the printer s e mail address and the URL of the login page before closing the screen 114 Timezone List UTC 12 00 International Date Line West UTC 06 00 Guadalajara Mexico City Monterrey Saskatchewan Central America Central Time US amp Canada UTC 05 00 Indiana East Bogota Lima Quito Eastern Time US amp Canada Caracas UTC 04 00 Asuncion Santiago Georgetown La Paz San Juan Manaus Atlantic Time Canada Newfoundland UTC 03 00 Cayenne Greenland Buenos Aires Brasilia Montevideo UTC 02 00 Mid Atlantic UTC 01 00 Azores Cape Verde Is UTC 00 00 Casablanca Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London Monrovia Reykjavik Coordinated Universal Time Amsterdam Berlin Bern Rome Stockholm Vienna Sarajevo Skopje Warsaw Zagreb Brussels UTC 01 00 oa Copenhagen Madrid Paris Belgrade Bratislava Budapest Ljubljana Prague West Central Africa
399. ry Canon lJ Printer from the Printer List 0 368 Before Installing the Printer Driver eer ee eee Creer TITT EMET ENTERT eee 369 Installing the Printer Diver 2 2 22208 eeece eee ed ee bueseva sdate opiru kroki 370 Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 00 6 371 Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper ig a TEPE TETEE EERTE 372 Printing with Web SGIVICG cccederuteatetienneeeSebedadedeleiaduentae deans 375 Notice for Web Service PHAUING soosi cssrsrosirssiersd sied diero PRESEN ee E eo Se ea 376 Downloading and Printing Template FormS asau auaa aaan 3T Printing from a Digital Camera occccheccaieeechiddbedaddgdewens Uintdbadege 379 Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 380 About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings nannaa aaa GOQ Paper seting for PINUNO 2c456eten case acniescaeeeneeete Ooedus a a a a URRE 384 CO Ce ee ee a ree ena ee ee ee eee NA 387 Le Ce La eae es eae ee ee eee era ee ee EENES er ee ee 388 Displaying ihe Preview SCleGliiacccu saa cedius ates ache reac oheaierdd vaticdeaaedquws aoe 390 Setting tems for Copying eso o0 o cise tay eden ee eee ee Rhee ei ee EEN EGER eRe 391 Reducing or Enlarging Ok bee eee ee aos eS eee NEE ENS 394 Ve bation ca eee MWh ee ee H Lae es ee EWE EEEE Se EG EEES 396 About Special Copy Menu 0 0c cece ee eee eee 398 Copying
400. s service marks or product names of the Licensor except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file Disclaimer of Warranty Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing Licensor provides the Work and each Contributor provides its Contributions on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied including without limitation any warranties or conditions of TITLE NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License Limitation of Liability In no event and under no legal theory whether in tort including negligence contract or otherwise unless required by applicable law such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts or agreed to in writing shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages including any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any and all other commercial damages or losses even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages
401. s Glossy II Print quality Print To continue printing select Continue and perform the operation from Step 3 To end the printing select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen The print data has been sent Continue Apps 33 Important e If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that cannot be printed due to expiration and other reasons are also included in the print count 51 J Note e To leave a usage history of this service from the Home window on the operation panel select Lil Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt History setting for this service gt Save Cloud Troubleshooting 52 Cloud Windows This section describes the Main screen of Cloud and the services available on the Main screen About the Main screen When using the Cloud function follow the steps described below first and display the Main screen When you select Cloud from the printer home screen the cloud s Main screen appears You can use areas shown below to perform various functions including printing photos and documents and adding starting and managing apps WAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Add delete Manage 2 3 1
402. s flashing the machine is turned off 135 J Important e When you unplug the power cord after turning off the machine be sure to confirm that the POWER lamp is off DJ Note e You can set the machine to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print jobs are sent to the machine for a certain interval This is the default setting For details on the auto power off feature see below From the machine About ECO settings From the computer Managing the Printer Power 136 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug power cord does not have anything unusual described below The power plug power cord is hot The power plug power cord is rusty The power plug power cord is bent The power plug power cord is worn The power plug power cord is split As Caution e If you find anything unusual with the power plug power cord described above unplug the power cord and call for service Using the machine with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock 137 Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord To unplug the power cord follow the procedure below 33 Important When you unplug the power cord press the ON button then confirm that the POWER lamp is off Unplugging the power cord while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print head and prin
403. s follows You cannot delete the Canon IJ Printer unless you are logged in as a user with the administrative right For information about an administrative user refer to the user s manual for the Mac OS 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan or Print amp Fax 2 Delete the Canon IJ Printer from the printer list From the printer list select the Canon IJ Printer to be deleted and then click Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears J Note e Even if a Canon IJ Printer is deleted from the printer list you can re register it automatically by connecting the printer and your computer with a USB cable 368 Before Installing the Printer Driver This section describes the items that you should check before installing the printer driver You should also refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed Checking the Personal Computer Settings e Terminate all running applications e Log on as a user who has the administrator account The installer will prompt you to enter the name and password of the administrative user When multiple users are using Mac OS log on with the account of the administrator who registered first Important e When you upgrade Mac OS all printer drivers that were installed will be deleted If you plan to continue using this printer re install the latest printer driver Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Dri
404. s not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Enable large image scans Select this checkbox to scan images up to 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels and 1 8 GB Important e When this checkbox is selected you cannot select Send to an application Send to a folder Attach to e mail or Start OCR 466 e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Note e When this checkbox is not selected images up to 10208 pixels x 14032 pixels can be scanned Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 2 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Star
405. s printing When moving the machine carry the machine at both ends In case the machine weighs more than 14 kg it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine Accidental dropping of the machine causes injury For the machine s weight refer to the On screen Manual Do not place any object on the machine Especially do not place metal objects paper clips staples etc or containers of flammable solvents alcohol thinners etc on top of the machine Do not transport or use the machine on a slant vertically or upside down as the ink may leak and damage the machine e Working around the machine For the multifunction printer e When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass do not press hard on the Document Cover The Platen Glass may break and cause injury Print Heads ink tanks and FINE Cartridges e Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed rinse out mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink If irritation or discomfort occurs obtain medical advice immediately Clear Ink contains nitrate salts For models containing Clear Ink In case ink gets in contact with eyes rinse with water immediately In case ink gets in contact with skin wash with soap and water immediately If irritation to eyes or skin persists obtain medical advice immediately Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing The metal parts may
406. s with a double flap e Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive 1 Prepare envelopes e Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them 4 a If the envelopes are curled hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite direction 5 If the corner of the envelope flap is folded flatten it e Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease Se lt lt The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope D Important e The envelopes may jam in the machine if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0 1 inch 3 mm 2 Load envelopes 1 Open the front cover gently 148 2 Holding the right tab on the front cover pull out the cassette until it stops 3 Use the right paper guide A to slide both paper guides all the way out 4 Load the envelopes in the center of the cassette WITH THE ADDRESS SIDE FACING DOWN The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side B C B Rear side C Address side Push the envelopes all the way to the back of the cassette Up to 5 envelopes can be loaded at once 149 A 5 Slide the right paper guide A to align the paper guides with both sides of the envelopes Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes The envelopes may not be fed
407. scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto Important e When Auto is selected the save format may differ depending on how you place the item Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White e When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you cannot select PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto Note Auto appears only when Auto is selected for Select Source e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif or Auto is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format e When
408. scanning size A4 Letter 8 5 x 11 7 216 x 297 mm Scanning resolution Optical resolution horizontal x vertical max 1200 x 2400 dpi 1 Interpolated resolution max 19200 x 19200 dpi 2 1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO 14473 2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum possible scanning area Gradation Input Output Gray 16 bit 8 bit Color 48 bit 24 bit RGB each 16 bit 8 bit Network Specifications Communication protocol TCP IP Wireless LAN Supported Standards IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b Frequency bandwidth 2 4 GHz Channel 1 11 or 1 13 Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or region Communication distance Indoors 164 feet 50 m Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location Security WEP 64 128 bits WPA PSK TKIP AES WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Setup Standard setup WPS Push button configuration PIN code method WCN WCN NET Cableless setup 296 Other Features Administration password Minimum System Requirements Conform to the operating system s requirements when higher than those given here Windows Operating System Windows 8 Windows 8 1 Windows 7 Windows 7 SP1 Windows Vista SP1 Windows Vista SP2 Windows XP SP3 32 bit only Browser Internet Explorer 8 or later Hard Disk Space 3 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amo
409. scans E Scan and Sstch Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden _ Send to an application a5 Preview Send to a folder None _ Attach to e mail None Attach Manually _ Start OCR Output to Text Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults o 1 Save Settings Area 2 Application Settings Area 33 Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format DJ Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 465 Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages D gt Note e When PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected images up to 9600 pixels x 9600 p
410. se the overall intensity drag the slider to the left You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Contrast The Contrast function changes the differences between light and dark in images during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked for Quality amp Media the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable e If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 355 Borderless Printing This dialog allows you to adjust the amount of the document that extends off the paper when borderless printing is performed Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Sewtings Copies fi Two Sided Pages e All From 1 to Paper Size US Letter borderless Orientation Ma I
411. settings BABS English Deutsch francais italiana 4 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and print the URL of the authentication site and the Printer registration ID Set A4 size or Letter size plain paper and select OK The authentication URL and Printer registration ID are printed 61 Note e You will use this printed page in the next step Canon Inkjet Goud Printing Center Uver evgivtration te wast Came inkjet Chesed Mining Commins pos sated be regtvher Pwr orahe emer tet ACOH he UR Dao Me a DIO Om a COMMUNE LANA t Pe enter Ea prier regatrwice ID w rogate Dre AI eyes ee ee ma be peered n ap peata OO mam nen ham Bayad that tine the prater ropata ID besa edl de Sued URL Printer registration ID S49 Cayapa Pe Important e The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes Access the URL on the printed page and then enter the e mail address and other necessary information D Important e Do not use the Back button of the web browser while an operation is processing The screen may not transition properly 1 Use the web browser on your PC smartphone tablet or other devices to access the authentication URL 62 Canon inkjet Goud Printing Center http cs c ij com join Aner repau ise Ba aea Comer bated Clee Aig Comins poe seed tt epi ee p aar simas amanea a nasa tan p nmaa sa s mapaa eepe e mee aae Oe irer ewes e eee E
412. sion pdf A data format for electronic documents developed by Adobe Systems Incorporated It can be used on various computers and operating systems and fonts can be embedded as well therefore people in different environments can exchange the files without being aware of the differences 507 Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Learn how to place items on the platen of your scanner or printer Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Important e Do not place objects on the document cover When you open the document cover the objects may fall into your scanner or printer resulting in malfunction e Close the document cover when scanning Placing Items Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type or size automatically Important e When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or the scanner driver align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen e Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected e When scanned using the scanner driver the response may differ In that case adjust the cropping frame selection box manually For Photos Postcards Business Cards or BD DVD CD For Magazines Newspapers or Docu
413. size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time and fed automatically one sheet at a time Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes 5 front cover Open to load paper or perform the print operation 6 paper support Extend to load paper in the cassette 7 output tray extension Open to support ejected paper 8 paper output support Extend to support ejected paper 9 paper output tray Printed paper is ejected Open it before printing 127 10 10 platen glass Load an original here 128 Rear View 1 2 3 1 transport unit Open to remove jammed paper 2 power cord connector Plug in the supplied power cord 3 USB port Plug in the USB cable to connect the machine with a computer 33 Important e Do not touch the metal casing Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is printing or scanning originals with the computer 129 Inside View 1 ink lamps Lights or flashes to indicate the ink tank status Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 2 print head holder The print head is pre installed Note e For details on replacing an ink tank see Replacing an Ink Tank 130 Operation Panel All lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the figure below for explanatory purposes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 13 12 11 10 9 8 1 ON button POWER lamp Turns the power on or off Lights a
414. ss point will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply e In access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again e Network settings such as the SSID and security protocol can be changed on the printer When Using Windows XP Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window USB Connection Connect the printer and a computer with a USB cable Prepare a USB cable 30 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window 1 Press the HOME button A on the printer use the or W button B to display Setup then press the right Function button C Quiet setting Y Og p C 2 Use the or P button D to select Device settings then press the OK button r B Perform device maintenance and adjustments 3 Select LAN settings then press the OK button 31 Device settings Print settings LAN settings Device user settings PictBridge print settings Language selection Firmware update Cassette sett
415. ss technology such as Wi Fi WPA Security framework announced by the Wi Fi Alliance in October 2002 The security has been strengthened more than WEP o Authentication WPA defines the following authentication methods WPA Personal that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA Enterprise that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA Personal o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA Personal authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value e WPA2 Security framework released by the Wi Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard AES o Authentication WPA2 defines the following authentication methods WPA2 Personal that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA2 Enterprise that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA2 Personal o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2 Personal authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value 282 e WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi Fi Protected Setup PIN entry a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices Push button configuration PBC an a
416. ssage appears press the OK button JJJ Note e When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again be sure to use a new piece of paper If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again the protrusions inside the machine may be stained Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like 33 Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine 209 Changing the Machine Settings Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD 210 Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Registering a Changed Printing Profile Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 211 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model 1 Select Ink Level Information from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility An illustration of the ink types and their status is displayed If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs the printer driver displays an icon to let you know 2 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information D gt Note e Ink Details is displayed when the ink level is low Click to check which ink tank your model uses e Click Update to displa
417. ssary 1 Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D A B D E A B A No missing lines No horizontal white streaks B Lines are missing Horizontal white streaks are present E Number of sheets printed so far 2 Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation screen Which is closer for printed color patterns Which is closer for printed color patterns AILA Also B For A no missing lines or no horizontal white streaks in both the pattern C and pattern D 1 The cleaning is not required Select All A then press the OK button 2 Confirm the message then press the OK button 186 The screen will return to the Maintenance screen For B lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present in the pattern C or pattern D or in both patterns 1 The cleaning is required Select Also B then press the OK button The cleaning confirmation screen will appear 2 Select Yes then press the OK button The machine starts cleaning the print head Cleaning the Print Head Note The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the printout of the nozzle check pattern 187 Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern Cleaning uncl
418. st ink tank ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank ink cartridge Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality To keep printer s performance Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition When the printer performs cleaning a small amount of ink is consumed In this case all colors of ink may be consumed Cleaning function The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents print quality degradation or nozzle clogging Does black and white printing use color ink Black and white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver So color ink is consumed even when printing in black and white Why does the machine have two black ink tanks There are two kinds of black ink in the machine dye ink BK and pigment ink PGBk The dye ink is used mainly for printing photos illustration etc and the pigment ink is used for text based documents Each has different purposes so that even if one runs out another will not be used instead If either of them runs out the ink tank replacement is required These two inks are automatically used depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver You cannot change the usage of these inks yourself The ink lamp indicates when ink is running low The inside of the ink tank consists of A the p
419. st pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes Pe comes A B A Least noticeable horizontal stripes B Most noticeable horizontal stripes e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks A B A Least noticeable horizontal streaks B Most noticeable horizontal streaks D Note e After head alignment is completed you can print and check the current setting To do so click the Print Head Alignment icon and when the message is displayed click Print Alignment Value 202 Cleaning the Machine Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning 203 Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benz
420. stered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them goa Ming pricier Manage users Userinformation instuctons Logout Registered Search apps CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums Contig CANON INC CANON INC ON i ON oe f Flickr Facebook Properties Manage jobs Latest noices CANON INC CANON INC CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM ON pop up card pace for Your Photos ye Evernote Notice list On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category 82 Search apps Photography Productivity Creatmty hot og apr y z5 Picasa Web Albums CANON IMAGE GATEWAY oductivily CANON INC CANON INC i a CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM f oe Crafts EI pop up card CTS z Facebook Flickr CANON INC CANON INC o When you select Gi the details of the app are displayed When you select Cm morf you can choose to register or unregister the app DJ Note Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model Can be used with genuine Canon ink ES Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site an
421. such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at optimal quality and paper suitable for documents Each media type has specific preset settings how ink is used and sprayed distance from nozzles etc that allow you to print to that type with optimal image quality The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed surface If you notice blurring or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again 289 Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper When you insert a cassette into the machine after loading paper the screen for setting the type and size of paper is displayed Set the cassette paper information according to the type and size of loaded paper To prevent incorrect printing this machine has a function that detects whether the information set for the paper loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings Before printing make paper settings in accordance with the cassette paper information When this function is enabled an error message is displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing When this error message is displayed check and correct the paper settings To check cassette paper information display the paper information screen on the operation panel 290 Canceling a Print Job Never press the ON button If you press the ON button while printing is in progress the print data sent from the com
422. suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter Make sure that the size of the paper loaded in the machine is correct Pressing the OK button will eject the paper and restart printing from the front side of the next paper The reverse side of the ejected sheet will not be printed 630 1401 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center 631 1403 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center 632 1405 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center 633 1410 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 634 1411 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 635 1412 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 1413 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 637 1414 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 638 1600 Cause If the lamp on the ink tank is flashing ink may have run out Action Replacing the ink tank is recommended If printing is in progress and you want to continue prin
423. t The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 488 Image Stitch Window Click Stitch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the platen 800 Image Stitch Select Output Size A3 A4 x 2 Scan Direction Scan from Left Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Imaget Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Adjust cropping frames 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 2 Toolbar 3 Thumbnail View Area 4 Preview Area J Note e The displayed items vary depending on the select source and view 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Select Output Size B4 B5 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of a B4 size item separately A3 A4 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an A3 size item separately 11 x 17 Letter x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as Letter size separately Full Platen x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as the platen separately Scan Direction Scan from Left Displays the first scanned image on the left side Scan from Right Displays the first scanned image on the right side 489 Scan Image 1 St
424. t OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in DJ Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 467 Settings Save to PC Auto Dialog N Click Save to PC Auto on the y Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Save to PC Auto dialog In the Settings Save to PC Auto dialog you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer after scanning them from the operation panel by automatically detecting the item type 00 Settings Save to PC Auto pa it Scan Options Paper Size Resolution A Image Processing Settings Save Settings File Name Save in jj Pictures Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard PDF Compression Standard Vi Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden Send to an application 46 Preview Send to a folder None Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults x 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Applicatio
425. t Quality amp Media from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog and then select Custom for Print Quality 337 Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color it changes the total color balance of the document Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform Vite No adjustment Adjust color balance The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Adjust color balance There are individual sliders for Cyan Magenta and Yellow Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left For example when cyan becomes weaker the color red becomes stronger You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies 2 C Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size
426. t Results Not Satisfactory cicaccdditeti rears ner En ae taeda Gower an awad nae 560 Cannot Print te End Of JOD essai sosi ve ete ened eet eee COMER EP GREW Ge he is 562 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks 563 Lines Are MISAlIQNOd 5 06 6 d 0 ocewwe amd ede dad alee mk Sat ok ek te bch aw ieee 566 Printed Paper Curls of Hae Ak BINS ccessdau caver and eacuasa tad na Gratien a ws 567 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Mul ET ET ere naipeta Oe Back ofthe Paper le Smudg d cc needece ts oyhud Pees PRREe ERG ORE LENGE beRee Ss 572 Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout TOPP EE Januar ee Colors Are Uneven or Streaked 420 ieticreobeiesdayeneen eee VES ne etegaedpeieeeegns 574 Ink Is Not Ejected TITTY REEERE ETET TINT TITT rener mare ee TET setra O Problems with CAN e425 ahead ek Cree ken EE ewes eee de eee een 577 Problems with Scanning TEET ETT TETEE T pine oe aegis eed Sowrebeeey Jane Scanner Dees NOt Walk cascs aoe dw de neath eee eke eee ol eae ia 579 Scanner Driver Does Not Start eer TO E Ter E eer ee ieee OOO Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear 581 Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time ee ee eee ee ee sth tone henee nee D62 Cannot Scan Properly witht Auto Scan os aces eiee0eles beste beebGe es sv RS ise ssrevetees 583 Slow Scanning Speed wee
427. t handwriting paper Setting on the LCD Handwriting paper e Weekly schedule You can print a weekly schedule form Setting on the LCD Weekly schedule Monthly schedule You can print a monthly schedule form Setting on the LCD Monthly schedule Printing template forms Print template form following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load A4 B5 or Letter sized plain paper 3 Select LI Advanced print on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 4 Select Template print then press the OK button 373 5 Use the Y a button to select the template you want to print then press the OK button Printable template forms 6 Specify the settings as necessary Template print 12 1 L s 1 Page size lt A4 APUN 2 sidedPrintSetting 1 sided KAL 1 Number of copies Use the or button to specify the number of copies 2 Page size Select the page size depending on the loaded paper Note Depending on the form some setting of page size cannot be specified If it is selected Error details is displayed on the LCD In this case press the left Function button to confirm the message then change the setting 3 Type Media type The paper type is set to Plain paper 4 2 sidedPrintSetting Select two sided printing or single sided printing 7 Start printing Press the Color button for printing the following forms
428. t quality may be reduced 1 Press the ON button to turn the machine off 3 Unplug the power cord N The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use 138 LCD and Operation Panel You can select the function such as copy or scan from the HOME screen on the LCD The HOME screen consists of three screens You can use the amp or Y button A to switch between them To select a menu press the left center or right Function button B On the menu screen or settings screen use the 4 Y or button C to select an item or option then press the OK button D to proceed with the procedure To return to the previous screen press the Back button E Using the Function Buttons Function menu F will appear when required at the bottom of the LCD screen To use a function ina function menu press the corresponding Function button G H or I The number of function menus and their options vary depending on the screen Check the function menus displayed at the bottom of the screen then select the one desired Example The screen in Scan 139 Local USB Doc type lt Photo F G H 1 G Press the left Function button to select Save Forward The screen for selecting destinations to save or forward the scanned photo data will appear Forward scanned data to a PC OK Set H Press the center Function button The Document setting screen wi
429. t the number of original you print on one page In Pages per Sheet specify the number of page you print on one page 3 If necessary set the following items Layout Direction To change the page placement order select an icon from the list Border To print a page border around each document page select a type of page border Reverse page orientation Select this check box to change the paper orientation Flip horizontally Select this check box to reverse left and right of the document 319 4 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order 320 Duplex Printing The procedure for printing data on both sides of one sheet of paper is as follows 1 Set duplex printing Check the Two Sided check box in the Print Dialog Printer Canon MGS600 series gt Presets Default Settings ry Copies 1 Two sided Pages AN OFrom 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 21 00 inches Orientation i Te _Text dit Print header and footer Y Rewrap contents to fit page Hi loft gt bri 2 PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select Layout from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog Printer Canon MGS600 series j Presets Default Settings gt Copies 1 M Two Sided Pages All er From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches
430. t your computer and the machine with a USB cable 2 Printers Printer name type and connection destination are displayed The selected printer can be set up or be modified 3 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed 3 Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN e If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then click Update e If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition DJ Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 255 4 Configuration Enabled when Utilities is selected Click to display the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu 256 Canon IJ Network Tool Menus This section describes the menus in Canon IJ Network Tool 1 3 4 Canon 1 Network Tool Edit 1 Canon IJ Network Tool menu About Canon IJ Network Tool Displays the version of this application Quit Canon IJ Network Tool Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer conne
431. te reinsertion is disabled Detect cassette reinsertion If you select Yes the machine detects the cassette is reinserted When the Register cassette paper info screen is displayed register the paper size and the media type 234 Reset setting You can change the settings back to the default e Web service setup only Reverts the Web service settings back to the default LAN settings only Reverts the LAN settings other than the administrator password specified by IJ Network Tool back to the default Settings only Reverts the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default e Device info sending setting only Reverts only the device information sending settings Reset all Reverts all settings you made to the machine back to the default The administrator password specified by IJ Network Tool reverts to the default setting gt Note e You cannot change the following setting items back to the default The language displayed on the LCD The current position of the print head 235 About ECO settings This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn the machine on off automatically to save electricity Using Duplex Printing Using Power Saving Function Using Duplex Printing Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on ECO 2 Select ECO settings on the HOME screen
432. ted Setup WCN Windows Connect Now or Cableless setup USB and LAN can be used at the same time 8 inches 203 2 mm for Borderless Printing 8 5 inches 216 mm Temperature 41 to 95 F 5 to 35 C Humidity 10 to 90 RH no condensation The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature and humidity conditions Recommended conditions Temperature 59 to 86 F 15 to 30 C Humidity 10 to 80 RH no condensation For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper refer to the paper s packaging or the supplied instructions Temperature 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C Humidity 5 to 95 RH no condensation AC 100 240 V 50 60 Hz Printing Copy Approx 12 W Standby minimum Approx 0 8 W 1 2 OFF Approx 0 2 W 1 1 USB connection to PC 2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed Approx 18 W x 14 6 D x 5 9 H inches Approx 455 W x 369 D x 148 H mm With the Front Cover retracted Approx 13 8 Ib Approx 6 3 kg With the Print Head and ink tanks installed 295 Print Head Ink Total 4096 nozzles PgBK 1024 nozzles Y DyeBK each 512 nozzles C M each 1024 nozzles Copy Specifications Multiple copy max 99 pages Intensity adjustment 9 positions Auto intensity AE copy Reduction Enlargement 25 400 1 unit Scan Specifications Scanner driver Windows TWAIN 1 9 Specification WIA Mac OS ICA Maximum
433. ted depending on the size of the media used In this case crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size When scaled printing or page layout printing is enabled you cannot perform borderless printing DJ Note e When Plain Paper is selected from the Media Type menu of the Quality amp Media borderless printing is not recommended Expanding the Range of the Document to Print Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems However the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason the subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing reduce the amount of extension The extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left 314 Important e When the amount of extension is decreased an unexpected margin may be produced on the print depending on the size of the paper DJ Note When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position image data will be printed in the full size If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position 315 Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size ses Festival The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit th
434. ters and be no longer than 32 characters The password is case sensitive Do not forget the password you set 2 Password Enter the password to set 3 Password Confirmation Enter the password again for confirmation 6 Click OK 268 A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click OK the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Enter Password Screen The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the printer Enter Password A password has been set to this printer Enter the admin password and click the OK button Admin Password a Cancel E Admin Password Enter the administrator password that was set For security purposes your password is not displayed as you type it gt Important If you forget the administrator password you specified initialize the printer to revert the password to the default setting OK Click this item after you enter the administrator password Cancel This item returns you to list of detected printers If you do not enter the correct administrator password you cannot operate the printer 269 Monitoring Wireless Network Status gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e When using the machine over the wired LAN you cannot monitor network status 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the p
435. the Settings Auto Scan dialog you can also make advanced scan settings e Refer to the following pages to scan by specifying the item type Scanning Photos Scanning Documents Scanning with Favorite Settings 415 Scanning Documents You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents 1 Place the item on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Document Scan dialog as required When setting is completed click OK 4 Click Document 8600 Canon J Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series lon _ a mD a Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions Settings e Scanning starts Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Document Scan dialog displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Document Scan dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 416 Scanning Photos You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos 1 Place the photo on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Photo Scan dialog as required When setting is completed click
436. the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged 3 Make sure that the jammed paper is not under the print head holder If the jammed paper is under the print head holder move the print head holder to the right edge or the left edge whichever is easier to remove the paper When you move the print head holder hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the right edge or the left edge 623 4 Hold the jammed paper with your hands 5 Pull the paper slowly not to tear it then pull the paper out Keep an angle of the paper about 45 degrees and pull it slowly 6 Make sure that all the jammed paper is removed If the paper is torn a piece of paper may remain inside the machine Check the following and remove the piece of paper if it remains Does the piece of paper remain under the print head holder Does the little piece of paper remain inside the machine 624 Does the piece of paper remain in the right side or the left side space C inside the machine 7 Close the operation panel slowly All print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary D gt Note When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly If the message about paper jam is displayed on the LCD of the machine or on the computer screen when you resume pri
437. the following screen is displayed for confirming the modified settings Transmitted Settings The following settings were sent to the printer Settings Rem Setting Value Admin Password Use Admin Password Set 1 1 Settings A list of changes made in the Configuration screen is displayed 273 Appendix for Network Communication Using the Card Slot over a Network About Technical Terms gt Restrictions 274 Using the Card Slot over a Network Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network To mount the card slot as the network drive follow the procedure below 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot of the machine 2 Check the current printer name You can check the current printer name on the LCD of the printer 3 On Finder click the Go menu and Connect to Server 4 Input smb xxxxxxxxxxxx canon_memory then click Connect For example if the current printer name is 123ABC000000 then input smb 123ABCO00000 canon_memory 5 Make sure that the card slot is mounted When the card slot is mounted the following icon appears on the desktop or in the Computer window on the Go menu of Finder E CaNOnETEnTOLY D Note The authentication scr
438. the printer driver for free but you are responsible for paying any connection fees to the Internet Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Delete the Unnecessary Canon J Printer from the Printer List Before Installing the Printer Driver 370 Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper 371 Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper You can print a template form such as lined paper graph paper or checklist etc on A4 B5 or Letter sized plain paper Printable template forms Printing template forms Printable template forms The following templates are available Notebook paper You can select three line spacing formats Setting on the LCD Notebook paper 1 8 mm spacing Notebook paper 2 7 mm spacing Notebook paper 3 6 mm spacing DJ Note e You cannot print Notebook paper on B5 sized paper Graph paper You can select two square sizes Setting on the LCD Graph paper 1 Graph 5 mm Graph paper 2 Graph 3 mm DJ Note e You cannot print Graph paper on B5 sized paper e Checklist You can print a notepad with checkboxes Setting on the LCD Checklist 372 Staff paper A You can print staff paper with 10 or 12 staves Setting on the LCD Staff paper 1 Staff paper 10 staves Staff paper 2 Staff paper 12 staves e Handwriting paper You can prin
439. then press the OK button The Device settings screen is displayed 4 Use the 4 button to select the setting item then press the OK button Device settings Print settings LAN settings Device user settings PictBridge print settings Language selection Firmware update Cassette settings The setting screen for the selected item is displayed 5 Use the 4 button to select the menu then press the OK button Print settings _Prevent naner ahrasion Extended copy amount Auto photo fix setting Prevent paper double feed Adjust horizontal print position 6 Use the 4 button to select the setting item then press the OK button 222 Extended copy amount Extended amount Small Extended amount Large You can select the setting menus below Print settings LAN settings Device user settings PictBridge print settings Language selection Firmware update Cassette settings Reset setting Note e You can use the machine considering the environment such as setting 2 sided printing as default or enabling the machine to turn on off automatically About ECO settings e You can reduce the operating noise when printing at night About Quiet setting 223 Print settings Prevent paper abrasion Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged Important e Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in
440. tility2 icon to start IJ Scan Utility 800 Canon lJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series a m o M Ge k E Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions Settings 414 Easy Scanning with Auto Scan You can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type D Important e The following types of items may not be scanned correctly In that case adjust the cropping frames selection boxes scan areas in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan again e Photos that have a whitish background e Items printed on white paper hand written documents business cards etc Thin items e Thick items 1 Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on 2 Place items on the platen of your scanner or printer Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 3 Start IJ Scan Utility 4 Click Auto e800 Canon I Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series om oo oo D a a Auto Document J Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions s Settings Scanning starts DJ Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e To apply suitable corrections based on the item type click Settings then select the Apply recommended image correction checkbox in the Settings Auto Scan dialog e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Auto Scan dialog displayed by clicking Settings In
441. ting press the machine s OK button with the ink tank installed Then printing can continue Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing The machine may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition Note If multiple ink lamps are flashing red check the status of each ink tank 639 1660 Cause The ink tank is not installed Action Install the ink tank 640 1680 Cause Some ink tanks are not installed in the correct position The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Confirm that the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions 641 1681 Cause More than one ink tanks of the same color are installed The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Confirm that the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions 642 1684 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Printing cannot be executed because the ink tank may not be installed properly or may not be compatible with this machine Install the appropriate ink tank If you want to cancel printing press the machine s Stop button 643 1688 Cause The ink has run out The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Replace the ink tank and close the operation panel Printing under the current condition may damage the machine If you want to continue printing in this condition you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level Press and hold the machine
442. tion s with the Work to which such Contribution s was submitted If You institute patent litigation against any entity including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed Redistribution You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium with or without modifications and in Source or Object form provided that You meet the following conditions 1 You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License and 2 You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files and 3 You must retain in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute all copyright patent trademark and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works and 4 If the Work includes a NOTICE text file as part of its distribution then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works in at least one of the following places within a NOTICE text file
443. to software source code documentation source and configuration files Object form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form including but not limited to compiled object code generated documentation and conversions to other media types Work shall mean the work of authorship whether in Source or Object form made available under the License as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work an example is provided in the Appendix below Derivative Works shall mean any work whether in Source or Object form that is based on or derived from the Work and for which the editorial revisions annotations elaborations or other modifications represent as a whole an original work of authorship For the purposes of this License Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from or merely link or bind by name to the interfaces of the Work and Derivative Works thereof Contribution shall mean any work of authorship including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner For the purposes of this definition submitted means any form of electronic verbal or written communication sent to the Licenso
444. to place items JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note e PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date 469 If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder ot
445. to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Note e Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto e Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings 455 Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source e When Select Source is Auto Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function e When Select Source is Photo Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image e When Select Source is Magazine or Document J Note e When Color Mode is Black and White only Reduce gutter shadow Correct slanted text document and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image appear Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the c
446. tod esd teducees esbae eee ee esace she ue A EEEE TT 681 cg ea ae See nl eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee eer ee TEE E 682 1S a eee er Tee eee ee ee Tere ee es ee ee eee ee re ee ee ee eee ee 683 Oo cine chee A E A se thd ee eehee ge Geek sul edeok esse A S EEEE T 684 ct Ee ae eee eee oe Sere EPE ee ee ye ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee 685 ee ee Oe Se ee ee ee eee eee ee ee were eee ee ee ee ee eee er 686 ore cent A E ed sndeeees E oese se eesace Sabu ghee setecedasutens 687 aS a eee oe a eee et Pree ee ee eT ne Te ee eee ee ee re ere ee 688 Bie ene eee 6S hp ss 48 a gee Be pee 4 a ee oo ee eo Fd 689 OODD ee ee ee ee rr eee ee ee ee 690 Se eee ee eee y re ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee E E ee ee ee 691 2 ee Tee eee ee ee eee A ee eee ee eT re ee eT ee eer 692 J ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee 693 Meee oe Ss ce oe eee a hes Hoe Ghee eee ee E E A ene eee aoe ae dose EE 694 le dei Sk a ha ek 6S apd 4 a a den ge Ban pre a Ue sO OS eS 8 Ri 695 Oe ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee see 696 oe ce oY ee cette peed oon t 2 ee eRe a Wee eter eee keeees EE 697 Pe 2otossieiece tones dciweeGsa case ecewes seb eehesessese E teins 698 tS ee ee eee ee ee 699 od TE E ee eee E ee ee er ee eee eee ee eee ee ey ee ee ee 700 Read Me First Notes on Online Manual Usage How to Print Notes on Online Manual Usage e Reproduction diversion or copying of any text photo or image published in the Online Manual hereinafter referred to as this guide in whole or in part is p
447. ts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported e The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format 474 D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting A
448. ts bottom facing down using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport e With the print head and ink tank left installed in the machine press the ON button to turn off the power This allows the machine to automatically cap the print head thus preventing it from drying e After packing do not tilt the box containing the machine or turn it on its side or upside down Doing so may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the machine When a shipping agent is handling transport of the machine have its box marked THIS SIDE UP to keep the machine with its bottom facing down Mark also with FRAGILE or HANDLE WITH CARE LD s 1 Turn the machine off 2 Confirm that the POWER lamp is off and unplug the power cord Important e Do not unplug the machine while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing as it may cause malfunction or damage to the machine making the machine unable to print 3 Retract the paper output support then close the paper output tray 4 Retract the output tray extension and the paper support then close the front cover 5 Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the machine then unplug the power cord from the machine 6 Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the machine to keep them from opening during transportation Then pack the machine in the plastic bag 7 Attach the protective material to the machine when packing the machine in the box 293
449. ttach the Document Cover asia uke ee dad ee ene eae ae ew ae 168 PSOE iE annk Ps oh ee ee ee eee eee de eteewess cee seu Aea A 169 Repacno an Ink VaOKiacsichapedtedsne eas nadtetuesavetaa staged akan cld wank E SER 170 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer c c406 eiee ec eu ee eew ede eee eure ne ee bees 175 necking tho Ink SWS oerein wot wedh he ee eel a oe deed bd ee Aa weal 176 Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Machine 0606 5c eee eee eee ee 177 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink LAMPS iscicc dws cia a edu canada ee ae wa 178 CS ME aad oe eas Hk eh oe eee eae eee ee ew ee E ees 180 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect wc cca ac kee dd ee dae 181 Maintenance Procedure 3 aucune chub eed ben Bebe Kees KOE EULER RUE He ae HRdS 182 Printing the Nozzle Check Pauenis 0i15 ceeded std ae eh eds codes waded eae ae pa ees 184 Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern i i 0i 0 6260s c eu etd he dened edhen Sonne aved kewRA 186 Cleaning he PTO ss shee ce a ae sdap i te bem eel ata aa ee aay added se ana aoe med 2 188 Cleaning the Print Head Deeply c sccsee ove ei ie eboedee ieee eee eee awed Fas 190 Aligning the PrintiHead irach lt aaeiaated ooassaanGeene seers s cade bhau ce ceed ADA 192 Performing Maintenance from a Computer 2522 c00ccnecce dest deeweedetteenw ei onageens au 195 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your COMpUutel 50 0008 4seecasdaaas evade aeas nn dada 196 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozz
450. ttach them to e mails extract text from images and more 412 eoo Settings Custom Scan a ii Auto Sean Scan Options Select Source Auto sj m aa Document Scan Color Mode Color E Paper Size Auto g _ Resolution Auto E Save Settings E Scan and Sitch IMG i Save in E Pictures File Name m Ovver Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard V Create a POF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden C Send to an application 49 Preview _ Send to a folder None _ Attach to e mail J None Attach Manually C Start OCR 7 Output to Text _ Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults _ OK gt Important e Some functions are available only when My Image Garden is installed 3J Note e Refer to Settings Dialog for how to set the applications to integrate with 413 Starting IJ Scan Utility Note e If you have more than one scanner or have changed the connection from USB connection to network connection set up the network environment from IJ Scan Utility Network Scan Settings From the Go menu of Finder select Applications then double click the Canon Utilities folder IJ Scan Utility folder and then Canon IJ Scan U
451. tte Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette DJ Note If you do not know what paper information to register to the machine press the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed When the previous screen is displayed confirm the paper size and the media type then register them to the machine e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Cancel Cancels printing Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying Change the paper settings then try printing again 655 Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting When you disable the message the machine starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and the cassette paper information registered to the machine are different e To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings Windows Cassette settings Mac Cassette settings Smartphone and so on e To change the setting using the printer driver Changin
452. tting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item the document type selected for Doc type or the scan menu on the screen for selecting to which you save the data If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected Error details is displayed on the LCD In this case press the left Function button to confirm the message then change the setting The specified scan settings such as the scan size resolution and data format are retained even if the machine is turned off When scanning starts in the scan menu that is not available with the specified setting The specified function is not available with current settings is displayed on the LCD Change the setting following the on screen instructions When you forward the scanned data to the computer or attach the data to an e mail you can specify the destination and file name using Canon IJ Scan Utility Settings Dialog If you scan originals from the computer you can scan with advanced settings For details on scanning from the computer Scanning Photos and Documents PC Local USB PC Local USB Scan size A4 Format PDF Scan res 300 dpi Reduce show thru OFF 5 Descreen OFF 6 Unsharp mask ON s 7 OK End setup oan OK End setup 1 Scan size Select the size of the original 2 Format Select the data format of the scanned data 5
453. tting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Collate pages Reverse Collate pages Normal Reverse The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows 1 Specify the number of copies to be printed Specify the number of copies to print from the Copies in the Print Dialog Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Te t gt Text dit Print header and footer V Rewrap contents to fit page 2 PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select Paper Handling from the pop up menu 3 Check the Collate pages check box when you are specifying multiple copies in the Copies box Check the Collate pages check box to print all the pages of a single copy together Uncheck this check box to print all pages with the same page number together 4 Specify the print order Check Page Order When you select Automatic or Reverse printing starts from the last page When you select Normal printing starts from the first page 310 Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches or s Orientation Te T gt Paper Handling Collate pages Pages to Print All pages Page Order Automatic gt 4 a 1of1 P gt gt 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Prints 5 Complet
454. ttings on the machine and printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup according to the instructions on our website Initialize the network setting using the operation panel of the machine Reset setting 550 Problems with Printing Printing Does Not Start gt Paper Jams Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs gt Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing gt Copying Printing Stops Before It Is Completed 551 Printing Does Not Start Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in then press the ON button to turn the machine on While the POWER lamp is flashing the machine is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit Note e When printing large data such as a photo or graphics it may take longer to start printing While the POWER lamp is flashing the computer is processing data and sending it to the machine Wait until printing starts Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer properly When the machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the machine and the computer then check the followings e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the machine directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with
455. type DJ Note e When you forward the scanned data to the computer searched using WSD you cannot select the document type 512 PC Local USB Doc type 4 Auto scan S gO Scan Save Forward Auto scan This item is available only when the machine is connected to the computer using a USB cable The machine detects the type of the originals automatically and the image is forwarded in the optimized size resolution and data format gt Important You can select Auto scan only when you forward the scanned data to the USB connected computer Load originals properly according to their type otherwise some originals may not be scanned properly For details on how to load the original Loading Originals The following items can be scanned Photos postcards visiting cards magazines newspapers documents BD DVD CDs The following items cannot be scanned properly A4 sized photos e Documents smaller than 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as a paperback with its backbone cut off e Originals on thin white paper e Long and narrow originals such as panoramic photographs Document Scans the original on the platen glass as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings 4 Press the right Function button to adjust the settings as necessary Setting Items for Scanni
456. u save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format J Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name 477 Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area E mail Client Specify the e mail client to use for attaching scanned images You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu DJ Note e Specify the e mail client in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 478 Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog E Click Attach to E mail Document on the Scanning from th
457. u to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in gt Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 472 Settings Save to PC Document Dialog a Click Save to PC Document on the E Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Save to PC Document dialog In the Settings Save to PC Document dialog you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer as documents after scanning them from the operation panel eoo Settings Save to PC Document peA ii m5 Save 19 PC Auto Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting qe Save to PC Photo Resolution Use Device Setting Image Processing Settings Save Settings E Attach to E mail Photo File Name IMG Save in D Pictures mc Attach to E mail St Mocunent Data Format Use Device Setting JPEG Image Quality Standard i Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with
458. u want to re register the printer delete the printer from Google Cloud Print by following the steps below 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 From the Home screen select Setup 96 3 Select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt Google Cloud Print setup gt Delete from Google Cloud Print 4 When the confirmation screen to delete the printer is displayed select Yes 97 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print When you send print data with Google Cloud Print the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically if the printer is turned on When printing from a smartphone tablet computer or other external device by using Google Cloud Print load paper into the printer in advance Sending the Print Data with Google Cloud Print 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on Note e If you want to send the print data from an outside location turn on the printer in advance 2 Send print data from your smartphone tablet or computer The figure below is an example of when printing from the web browser corresponding with Google Cloud Print The screen differs depending on the applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print New Tab eT New Window N New Incognito Window TEN Bookmarks gt Edit Cut Copy Paste z Print Zoom 100 u Save Page As s Total 1 sheet of paper Cancel Print ools gt History gy Destination f Print with Goo
459. ud Print the confirmation message to re register the printer is displayed 4 When the confirmation screen to register the printer is displayed select Yes 5 Select a display language on the print setting screen of Google Cloud Print The confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed 6 Load A4 or Letter sized plain paper then select OK The authentication URL is printed 7 Ensure that the authentication URL is printed select Yes 8 Perform the authentication process using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device Access to the URL using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and perform the authentication process following the on screen instructions Note e Perform the authentication process with your Google account which you have gotten in advance 9 When the message that the registration is complete is displayed on the LCD of the printer select OK When authentication process is complete properly the registration items are displayed When authentication process is complete you can print the data with Google Cloud Print When authentication process is not complete properly and the error message is displayed select OK When the confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed print the authentication URL then perform the authentication process on the computer again Deleting the Printer from Google Cloud Print If the printer s owner changes or if yo
460. ufacturer Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Mae Make sure that a valid wireless channel is used The wireless channel to be used may be limited depending on wireless network devices installed in the computer Refer to the instruction manual provided with your computer or your wireless network device to specify the valid wireless channel Make sure that the channel confirmed in Check 8 can communicate with the computer If not change the channel set to the access point 528 Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the machine and computer to the LAN side same network segment GP When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN use alphanumeric characters for the name of the network SSID If the problem is not resolved perform setup according to the instructions on our website e For placement Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the acc
461. uine papers Photo Printing Cassette paper information registered on the printer Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss Plus Semi gloss Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 501 GP 601 gt Canon genuine papers Business Letter Printing Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver int printer High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt High Resolution Paper High Res Paper Canon genuine papers Original Products Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the printer 307 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size When you use this printer selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following paper sizes on this printer 7 a 308 Various Printing Methods Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order gt Setting the Stapling Margin Execute Borderless Printing Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing gt Duplex Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size 309 Se
462. unction of converting your document to grayscale data in the printer to print it in monochrome When you check the check box both monochrome and color documents will be printed in monochrome When printing a color document be sure to uncheck the check box 352 Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Printing a Color Document in Monochrome 353 Color Options This dialog allows you to adjust the print color as you like If the color of the printed image is not as expected adjust the properties in the dialog and retry printing The adjustments made here do not affect the colors of the original print data unlike application software dedicated to image processing Use this dialog just to make fine adjustments Printer Canon MGS600 series Presets Default Settings Copies i Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches E Orientation Te t gt Color Options Cyan 0 ig B low High Magenta 0 a E tow Migh lt 4 A lofl gt gt gt MD Yellow 0 a ABCDEF 1234567 Brightness Normal Sample Type O Intensity 0 Standard 5 Light Dark Contrast 0 9 View Color Pattern low High 7 POF gt Hide Details Cancel Print Preview Shows the effect of color adjustment As you adjust each item the effects are reflected in the color and brightness Sample Type Select an image that you want to display as a sample If n
463. unt of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Mac OS Operating System Mac OS X v10 6 8 or later Hard Disk Space 1 5 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Other Supported OS Some functions may not be available with each OS Refer to the manual or the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS Android and Windows RT Mobile Printing Capability Apple AirPrint Google Cloud Print Print from E mail PIXMA Cloud Link e An internet connection is required to view the Online Manual e Windows Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP pre installed e Windows A CD ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation e Windows Internet Explorer 8 9 10 or 11 is required to install Easy WebPrint EX 297 e Windows Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center Windows NET Framework 4 or 4 5 must be installed to use the Windows software Windows XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP Windows The TWAIN driver ScanGear is based on the TWAIN 1 9 Specification and requires the Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system Mac OS Hard Disk must be formatted as Mac OS Extended Journaled or Mac OS Extended Mac OS For Mac OS an inter
464. ure provided below and register the printer Print the Printer Registration Page s URL and the PIN Code First print the printer registration page s URL and the PIN code Check that there is sufficient amount of ink in the printer and then print using the printer s operation panel 1 Check that the printer is connected to the network J Important e This product needs to be connected to a LAN with an Internet connection A 2 From the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select Mi Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Register printer 3 Follow the instructions on the screen and print the printer registration URL and PIN code Important Do not turn off the power on the printer until the registration process is completed Access the printed URL and log in within 25 minutes e If you canceled the registration before it is completed repeat the procedure from printing the registration information Access the Printed URL and Enter the Owner s E mail Address and Other Required Information Next enter the owner s e mail address and other required information 1 Access the printed URL by using the browser on your smartphone tablet or computer and select Log In 2 In the use agreement window select Agree Important e If you do not select Agree in the use agreement window you will not able to register as the printer owner
465. use you simply connect this printer to the network For information about connecting to the network see the setup URL http www canon comi ijsetup for using this product from your computer smartphone or tablet device When the connection is complete the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software which allows you to specify detailed print settings is downloaded automatically By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings The available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method 117 Overview of the Machine gt Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Machine LCD and Operation Panel Loading Paper Originals Loading Paper Loading Originals Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status Maintenance When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Machine Changing the Machine Settings Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD gt Information about Network Connection Useful Information about Network Connection gt About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings Appendix for Network Co
466. uter is displayed on the LCD press the left Function button to display the screen for selecting to which you save the data 3 Select P Attach to E mail then press the OK button 515 4 Use the Y button to select the computer to forward the scanned data then press the OK button Select PC Local USB Pc001 Pc002 Search again Select Local USB for a USB connected computer or select the computer to forward the scanned data for a network connected computer The Scan standby screen is displayed Attach to E mail Local USB Doc type 4 Photo JPEG 300 dpi MESS 4 x6 10x15cm BD DH Scan Save Forward i Scan settings 5 Use the A button to select the document type Document Scans the original on the platen glass as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings 6 Press the right Function button to specify the settings as necessary Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 7 Load the original on the platen glass Note e You can confirm the procedure to load the original by pressing the center Function button 8 Press the Color button for color scanning or the Black button for black amp white scanning e If you select JPEG for Format on the scan setting screen The machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwa
467. uto 2 Cancel ok 1 Passphrase Enter the passphrase set to the access point The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the access point passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer 2 Dynamic Encryption Type The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption automatically Important e If Auto is not displayed on Dynamic Encryption Type select either TKIP Basic Encryption or AES Secure Encryption 265 e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer Note e This machine supports WPA WPA2 PSK WPA WPA2 Personal and WPA2 PSK WPA2 Personal 266 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Wired LAN button 5 Change the settings or confirm Click OK after changing configuration A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent
468. ver Installing the Printer Driver 369 Installing the Printer Driver You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model The procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver is as follows 1 Mount the disk Double click the disk image file you have downloaded The file is unpacked and then the disk is mounted 2 Start the installer Double click PrinterDriver_XXX_YYY pkg where XXX is your model name and YYY is version contained in the disk 3 Start the installation Install the printer driver according to the messages on the screen When the Software License Agreement is displayed check the contents and click Continue If you do not agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement you cannot install this software 4 Selecting the install destination If necessary select where you want to install the printer driver and then click Continue 5 Executing the installation Click Install When the authentication screen is displayed enter the name and password of the administrator and then click Install Software OK 6 Complete the installation When the completion message appears click Close The printer driver is installed successfully Important e If the Installer does not operate properly select Quit Installer from the Installer menu of the Finder to quit the Installer Then start the Installer again e You can download
469. ver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer e For copying specify the paper settings for copying so that they match the cassette paper information Note Depending on the registered cassette paper information the screen to confirm if you apply the registered information to the paper settings for copying is displayed If you select Yes the information is applied to the paper settings for copying When the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the machine Ex Paper setting for printing or copying B5 384 Cassette paper information registered to the machine A4 CTT Qe When you start printing or copying a message is displayed eo Support Code 2110 The size or type of the loaded paper is different from the print settings B5 Plain paper Cassette Select OK Confirm the message then press the OK button When the screen to select the operation is displayed select one of the operations below J Note e Depending on the setting the choices below may not be displayed Print with paper in cass settings Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette without changing the paper settings For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 the machine starts printing or co
470. y the current remaining ink level 212 Registering a Changed Printing Profile You can name and register the printing profile you made in the Print Dialog The registered printing profile can be called up from Presets to be used You can also delete the unnecessary printing profile The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows Registering a Printing Profile 1 In the Print dialog set the necessary items 2 Select Save Current Settings as Preset Save As from the Presets Printer Canon MG5600 series Presets 7 Default Settings Last Used Settings Corie Draft Printing on Plain Paper Pages Fine Printing on Plain Paper Save Current Settings as Preset Paper Size Show Presets 1 00 inches Tr Orientation i t TextEdit Print header and footer M Rewrap contents to fit page H s loft gt gt gt 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Save the settings In the displayed dialog enter a name in Preset Name and if necessary set Preset Available For Then click OK Preset Available For Only this printer All printers Cancei HOKE 3 Important e There are also print settings that cannot be saved to preset Using Registered Printing Profile 1 On Presets in the Print dialog select the name of printing profile you want to use Printing profile in the Print dialog will be updated to the called profile 213 Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile 1 Select the pri
471. yed Enter the registered e mail address and password and log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 68 Printing Your Printer registration ID To add a printer by using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you will need a Printer registration ID From the operation panel of this printer print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID The procedure is as follows 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet J Important e To use this function you must connect this printer to the Internet 2 From the home window select Setup gt Hi Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Register with this service 3 In the registration confirmation window Select Yes Register this printer with IJ Cloud Printing Center 4 In the print settings select the display language Language for print settings BAS English Deutsch francais italiana 5 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID When you set A4 size or Letter size plain paper and select OK the authentication site URL and your Printer registration ID are printed Important The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes 69 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window This section describ

Canon PIXMA MG5620 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents